UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
ST Energy Transition I Ltd.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Bermuda | 001-41119 | N/A | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Commission File Number) | (IRS Employer Identification No.) |
Par-la-Ville Place, 4th Floor 14 Par-la-Ville Road Hamilton Bermuda |
HM08 | |
(Address Of Principal Executive Offices) | (Zip Code) |
+1 (441) 295-6935
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||
The | ||||
The | ||||
The |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ |
Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ |
Emerging growth company | ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes ☒ No ☐
There was no aggregate market value of voting and non-voting ordinary equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, because the registrant’ s ordinary equity was not trading on any exchange on that date.
As of March 30, 2022, there were of the Registrant’s Class A shares and of the Registrant’s Class B shares, par value $0.0001 per share, issued and outstanding.
ST Energy Transition I Ltd.
FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that are forward-looking and as such are not historical facts. This includes, without limitation, statements under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations. These statements constitute projections, forecasts and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “shall,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.
The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following risks, uncertainties and other factors:
● | our being a company with no operating history and no operating revenues; |
● | our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses; |
● | our ability to complete our initial Business Combination (as defined below); |
● | our expectations around the performance of a prospective target business or businesses; |
● | our expectations around the performance or projections of markets or industries; |
● | our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial Business Combination; |
● | our directors and officers allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial Business Combination; |
● | our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination; |
● | our pool of prospective target businesses and technology industries; |
● | our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination due to the uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters, global hostilities or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases); |
● | the ability of our directors and officers to generate a number of potential Business Combination opportunities; |
● | our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading; |
● | the lack of a market for our securities; |
● | the use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account (as defined below) or available to us from interest income on the Trust Account balance; |
● | the Trust Account being subject to claims of third parties; |
● | our financial performance following the Initial Public Offering (as defined below); and |
● | the other risk and uncertainties discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). |
Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
ii
PART I.
References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) to “we,” “us,” “our” “ST Energy” or the “Company” are to ST Energy Transition I Ltd., a blank check company incorporated as a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares. References to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our officers and directors, and references to the “Sponsor” refer to Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares. References to our “initial shareholders” refer to our Sponsor and each of our independent directors.
Item 1. Business.
Overview
Our company is led by Gunnar Eliassen, our Chief Executive Officer, and Jan Erik Klepsland, our Chief Financial Officer. Our management team and board of directors bring significant and highly relevant experience from a diverse range of companies which continue to embrace energy transition across sectors. We intend to focus on companies that have the potential to become the global leader in their area of expertise within energy transition, whilst achieving risk-adjusted returns for shareholders.
We are a blank check company incorporated as a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share purchase, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, reorganization or similar Business Combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). We have not yet selected any specific Business Combination target. We intend to effectuate our initial Business Combination using cash from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of our Private Placement Warrants (as defined below), our shares, debt or a combination of cash, shares and debt.
Our registration statement for our initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”) was declared effective on December 3, 2021. On December 7, 2021, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 28,750,000 of the Company’s securities called Stakeholder Aligned Initial Listing Securities, or SAILSM Securities, including the issuance of 3,750,000 SAILSM Securities as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option (the “SAILSM Securities” and, with respect to the shares included in the SAILSM Securities being offered, the “Public Shares”), at $10.00 per SAILSM Security, generating gross proceeds of $287,500,000. Each SAILSM Security consisted of one Public Share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (the “Public Warrants”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Public Share for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment.
Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated a private placement (the “Private Placement”) of 12,062,500 warrants, including 1,312,500 warrants issued as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option (the “Private Placement Warrants,” and together with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $12,062,500.
Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering on December 7, 2021, $291,812,500 ($10.15 per SAILSM Security) from the net proceeds of the sale of the SAILSM Securities in the Initial Public Offering, including certain proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a Trust Account (the “Trust Account”), located in the United States at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. with Continental Share Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and held as cash or invested only in U.S. “government securities,” within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by us, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.
Our management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering of the SAILSM Securities, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward completing an initial Business Combination. We must complete our initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of signing a definitive agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination. However, we will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete an initial Business Combination.
1
We have not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from April 9, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021 relates to our formation and the Initial Public Offering, and, since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a prospective initial Business Combination. We may not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our initial Business Combination, at the earliest. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and marketable securities from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement and will recognize changes in the fair value of Warrant liability as other income (expense).
After signing a definitive agreement for an initial Business Combination, we will either (i) seek shareholder approval of the initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which Public Shareholders may seek to redeem their Public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the initial Business Combination or do not vote at all, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, or (ii) provide the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of our initial Business Combination at $10.15 per share and the per share interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (net of permitted withdrawals). As a result, such Public Share will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with FASB, ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of the initial Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our Business Combination only if we receive an ordinary resolution under Bermuda law, which requires approval by a majority of the votes attached to shares voted at a general meeting of the Company where a quorum of at least two persons present in person or by proxy representing at least 50% of the issued and outstanding shares (or class thereof) entitled to vote at such general meeting are present at the time such general meeting proceeds to business (unless applicable Bermuda law requires a higher approval threshold). However, in no event will we redeem our Public Shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 immediately prior to or upon consummation of an initial Business Combination. In such case, we would not proceed with the redemption of our Public Shares and the related Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.
We only have 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering to complete the initial Business Combination (or such later date as approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding Class A shares that are voted at a meeting to extend such date, voting together as a single class) (the “Business Combination Period”). However, if we are unable to complete the initial Business Combination within the Business Combination Period (and shareholders do not approve an amendment to the amended and restated bye-laws to extend this date), we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, of $10.15, (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Bermuda law, to provide for claims of creditors and to comply with the requirements of any other applicable law.
Effecting a Business Combination
Our Business Strategy
We intend to identify, acquire and develop a company which positively contributes to the energy transition, and which aligns with the philosophy and experience of our management team and board of directors. We will leverage the extensive network and relationships of our management team and board of directors, as well as public transaction sources, to identify such a company. In particular, we expect to use the industry experience and corporate relationships of our management, board of directors and Seatankers to effect this strategy.
Our management team and board members have decades of experience across sectors, and deep corporate and individual relationships which will be additive to identifying such target companies. We expect that these relationships will provide our management team with a robust flow of acquisition opportunities.
In addition, we expect that targets will be identified to us from unaffiliated sources, such as investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises.
Our management team communicates with their networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for a target company and a potential Business Combination and has initiated the process of pursuing and reviewing potential opportunities of interest.
2
Our Acquisition Criteria
In order to achieve our business strategy, we have identified the following criteria which will be used to assess and evaluate potential target businesses.
Our team will use these criteria to guide our assessment of opportunities, though we may decide to enter into an initial Business Combination with a company that does not meet all of these criteria and guidelines set forth below. We intend to identify a company or companies with the following attributes:
● | Contribution to Energy Transition: Expected to provide a positive contribution to energy transition, with associated decarbonization benefits, whilst solving a relevant challenge; |
● | Growth Potential With Earnings Visibility: Ability to benefit from long-term structural growth in energy transition, and to generate shareholder value from investment to grow and meet demand from nations, companies and individuals, combined with long term view on profitable growth; |
● | Defendable Market Position: Competitive position supported through factors such as the use of technology, barriers to entry to rivals, customer positions, market share, or similar; |
● | Leadership Potential: Has potential to become a premier player in its chosen market through investment and leveraging the experience of our management team and board of directors; |
● | Management Strength: Leading and highly experienced management team; |
● | Shareholder Value Creation: Acquisition offers an attractive return for shareholders on a risk adjusted basis. |
Additional Disclosures
Certain members of our management team are employed by Seatankers or one of its affiliates. Certain of our officers and directors have, or may in the future have, fiduciary or contractual obligations that oblige them, either now or in the future, to present Business Combination opportunities to such entity (subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Bermuda law). As a result, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, then, subject to such officer’s and director’s fiduciary duties under Bermuda law, he or she will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these other entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. However, we do not expect these duties to materially affect our ability to complete our initial Business Combination. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that we renounce our interest in any Business Combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.
To further minimize conflicts of interest, we will not consummate an initial Business Combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our sponsor, officers or directors unless we, or a committee of independent directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or an independent accounting firm that our initial Business Combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.
In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial Business Combination. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial Business Combination. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.
3
Initial Business Combination
The NYSE rules require that our initial Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value (as defined herein) equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust). We refer to this as the 80% of net assets test. If our board of directors is not able independently to determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not currently intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial Business Combination, although there is no assurance that will be the case.
We anticipate structuring our initial Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial Business Combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial Business Combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity securities of a target, or issue a substantial number of new shares to third-parties in connection with financing our initial Business Combination. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial Business Combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial Business Combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test referred to in the previous paragraph. If our initial Business Combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we are not then listed on the NYSE for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net assets test.
Corporate Information
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.
4
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” will have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year or the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter.
Exempted companies are Bermuda companies that, subject to certain safe harbors, only wish to conduct business outside Bermuda and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and have received an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax will not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to the Company or to any of its operations or to its shares, debentures or other obligations.
We are a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares incorporated on April 9, 2021. Our executive offices are located at Par-la-Ville Place, 4th Floor, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, HM08, Bermuda and our telephone number is +1 (441) 295-6935. Our corporate website address is www.stenergy1.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to invest in our securities.
Competition
We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. Additionally, the number of blank check companies looking for Business Combination targets has increased compared to recent years and many of these blank check companies are sponsored by entities or persons that have significant experience with completing Business Combinations. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, in the event we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we are obligated to pay cash for our Class A shares, it will potentially reduce the resources available to us for our initial Business Combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our Warrants will expire worthless.
Human Capital Management
We currently have two officers and do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial Business Combination. The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial Business Combination and the current stage of the Business Combination process.
Available Information
We are required to file Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q with the SEC on a regular basis, and are required to disclose certain material events (e.g., changes in corporate control, acquisitions or dispositions of a significant amount of assets other than in the ordinary course of business and bankruptcy) in a Current Report on Form 8-K. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website is located at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, the Company will provide copies of these documents without charge upon request from us in writing at Par-la-Ville Place, 4th Floor, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton Bermuda.
5
Item 1.A. Risk Factors.
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report, before making a decision to invest in our securities. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination
Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial Business Combination, which means we may complete our initial Business Combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.
We may not hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial Business Combination unless the Business Combination would require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange rules or if we decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons. For instance, the rules of the NYSE currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a general meeting, but would still require us to obtain shareholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any Business Combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a Business Combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding shares, we would seek shareholder approval of such Business Combination. However, except as required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial Business Combination even if holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares do not approve of the Business Combination we consummate.
As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial Business Combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial Business Combination and/or complete our initial Business Combination.
In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial Business Combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial Business Combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial Business Combination and/or complete initial Business Combination.
In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial Business Combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post- Business Combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial Business Combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial Business Combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.
6
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed to vote in favor of such initial Business Combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.
Unlike some other blank check companies in which the initial shareholders agree to vote their alignment shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public shareholders in connection with an initial Business Combination, our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their alignment shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial Business Combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ alignment shares, we would need 10,781,250, or approximately 37.5% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted) of the 28,750,000 public shares sold in the Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of an initial Business Combination in order to have such initial Business Combination approved. Our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees are entitled to 20% of the voting power of our shares. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their alignment shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.
Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of such Business Combination.
Since our board of directors may complete a Business Combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the Business Combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial Business Combination.
The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential Business Combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a Business Combination with a target.
We may seek to enter into a Business Combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the Business Combination. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a Business Combination and such amount of deferred underwriting discount is not available for us to use as consideration in an initial Business Combination. If we are able to consummate an initial Business Combination, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay and the payment of the deferred underwriting commissions. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 following such redemptions, or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial Business Combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related Business Combination and may instead search for an alternate Business Combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a Business Combination transaction with us.
The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure.
At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial Business Combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights and, therefore, we will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares is submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable Business Combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.
7
The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.
If our initial Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful increases. If our initial Business Combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.
The requirement that we complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential Business Combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial Business Combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.
Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a Business Combination will be aware that we must complete our initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial Business Combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the end of the 18-month period. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial Business Combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation. In July 2021, the SEC charged a SPAC for misleading disclosures, which could have been corrected with more adequate due diligence, and obtained substantial relief against the SPAC and its sponsor. Although we will invest in due diligence efforts and commit management time and resources to such efforts, there can be no assurance that our due diligence will unveil all potential issues with a target business and that we or our Sponsor will not become subject to regulatory actions related to such efforts.
We may not be able to complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may receive only $10.15 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our Warrants will expire worthless.
Our sponsor, directors and officers have agreed that we must complete our initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial Business Combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial Business Combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the equity and debt markets and the other risks described herein, including as a result of terrorist attacks, natural disasters, global hostilities or a significant outbreak of infectious diseases. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic could limit our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, future developments of COVID-19, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the COVID-19 and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters, global hostilities or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire.
If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within such time period, we will: (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Bermuda law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.15 per share, or less than $10.15 per share, on the redemption of their shares, and our Warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.15 per share” and other risk factors herein.
8
Our search for a Business Combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and other events and the status of debt and equity markets.
The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters, global hostilities or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) could adversely affect, economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a Business Combination could be, or may already have been, materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a Business Combination if concerns relating to COVID-19 or other events restrict travel or limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors, or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a Business Combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 variants and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) continue for a prolonged period of time, our ability to consummate a Business Combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected.
In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters, global hostilities or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases), including as a result of increased market volatility and decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.
Finally, the COVID-19 pandemic and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters, global hostilities or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those related to the market for our securities and cross-border transactions.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates may elect to purchase shares or Warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combination and reduce the public “float” of our securities.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates may purchase public shares or Warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial Business Combination. Any such price per share may be different than the amount per share a public shareholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial Business Combination. Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial Business Combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial Business Combination or not redeem their public shares. However, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates are under no obligation or duty to do so and they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of our initial Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of Public Warrants could be to reduce the number of Public Warrants outstanding or to vote such Warrants on any matters submitted to the Warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial Business Combination. This may result in the completion of our initial Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible.
In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.
9
If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.
We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial Business Combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.
You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.
We are exempt from certain rules promulgated by the SEC related to certain blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors are not afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial Business Combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the Initial Public Offering was subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial Business Combination.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A shares.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated bye-laws provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial Business Combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial Business Combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial Business Combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.
Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for Business Combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on our redemption of their shares, and our Warrants will expire worthless.
We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. Additionally, the number of blank check companies looking for Business Combination targets has increased compared to recent years and many of these blank check companies are sponsored by entities or persons that have significant experience with completing Business Combinations. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, in the event we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we are obligated to pay cash for our Class A shares, it will potentially reduce the resources available to us for our initial Business Combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.15 per share” and other risk factors herein.
10
If the funds not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 18 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination.
The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 18 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, assuming that our initial Business Combination is not completed during that time. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through the $300,000 promissory note that we have entered into with our sponsor prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and potential additional loans from certain of our affiliates are discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” However, except for the promissory note discussed above, our affiliates are not obligated to make loans to us in the future, and we may not be able to raise additional financing from unaffiliated parties necessary to fund our expenses. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for its funding obligation under the promissory note discussed above. Any such event in the future, including our sponsor’s inability to fund borrowings under the promissory note discussed above, may negatively impact the analysis regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at such time.
Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed Business Combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we enter into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.15 per share” and other risk factors herein.
Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial Business Combination.
Recently, the market for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for special purpose acquisition companies has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. Fewer insurance companies are offering quotes for directors and officers liability coverage, the premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future.
The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial Business Combination. In order to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-Business Combination entity might need to incur greater expense and/or accept less favorable terms. Furthermore, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-Business Combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.
In addition, after completion of any initial Business Combination, our directors and officers could be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to such initial Business Combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-Business Combination entity may need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims, or run-off insurance. The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-Business Combination entity and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination on terms favorable to our investors.
If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.15 per share.
Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver only if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.
11
Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where we are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial Business Combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.15 per public share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors.
Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.15 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Our Sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy those obligations. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such obligations, and therefore, no funds are currently set aside to cover any such obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.15 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial Business Combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per public share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our directors or officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.
Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.
In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (1) $10.15 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.15 per share.
The securities in which we invest the funds held in the Trust Account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.15 per share.
The proceeds held in the Trust Account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries. While short-term U.S. government treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination or make certain amendments to our amended and restated bye-laws, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the Trust Account, plus any interest income, net of taxes paid or payable (less, in the case we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination, $100,000 of interest). Negative interest rates could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.15 per share. Negative interest rates could also reduce the amount of funds we have available to complete our initial Business Combination.
12
If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.
If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or insolvency laws as a voidable performance. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.
If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.
If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable insolvency law, and may be included in our liquidation estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any liquidation claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation would be reduced.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:
● | restrictions on the nature of our investments; and |
● | restrictions on the issuance of securities; |
each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination.
In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:
● | registration as an investment company with the SEC; |
● | adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and |
● | reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations to which we are currently not subject. |
We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be invested by the trustee only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. Because the investment of the proceeds will be restricted to these instruments, we believe we will meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.
13
Changes in laws or regulations, or how such laws or regulations are interpreted or applied, or a failure to comply with any laws or regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination, and results of operations.
We are and will be subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements, our Business Combination may be contingent on our ability to comply with certain laws and regulations and any post-Business Combination company may be subject to additional laws and regulations. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time, including as a result of changes in economic, political, social and government policies, and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination, and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination, and results of operations.
If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the allotted time period, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such allotted time period before redemption from our Trust Account.
If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), pro rata to our public shareholders by way of redemption and cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of our affairs, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the Trust Account shall be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated bye-laws prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind up, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond the allotted time period before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial Business Combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated bye-laws and then only in cases where investors have properly sought to redeem their Class A shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period and do not amend certain provisions of our amended and restated bye-laws prior thereto.
Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.
If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. Our directors and officers who—dishonestly and/or fraudulently or otherwise acting in breach of their fiduciary duties—authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business may be liable for damages.
We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial Business Combination. Our public shareholders will not have the right to elect or remove directors prior to the consummation of our initial Business Combination.
In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to discuss company affairs with management. In addition, as holders of our Class A shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors prior to consummation of our initial Business Combination. In addition, holders of a majority of our alignment shares may remove a member of our board of directors for any reason.
14
The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our initial Business Combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A shares.
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the Initial Public Offering, at or after the time of our initial Business Combination, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of their alignment shares after those shares convert to our Class A shares. In addition, our Sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, and holders of Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register the resale of such Warrants or the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of such Warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial Business Combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A shares that is expected when the shares owned by our initial shareholders or their permitted transferees, our Private Placement Warrants or Warrants issued in connection with working capital loans are registered for resale.
Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or geographic area or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial Business Combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.
We may seek to complete a Business Combination with an operating company of any size (subject to our satisfaction of the 80% of net assets test) and in any industry, sector or geographic area. However, we will not, under our amended and restated bye-laws, be permitted to effectuate our initial Business Combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a Business Combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial Business Combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or development stage entity. Although our directors and officers will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our SAILSM securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to our investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a Business Combination target. Accordingly, any shareholder or Warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or Warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and Warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries outside of our management’s areas of expertise.
We will consider a Business Combination in industries outside of our management’s areas of expertise, if a Business Combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors relevant to such acquisition. Accordingly, any shareholder or Warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or Warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and Warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
15
Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial Business Combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial Business Combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.
Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial Business Combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial Business Combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective Business Combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.
We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.
To the extent we complete our initial Business Combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our directors and officers will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.
We are not required to obtain an opinion regarding fairness. Consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.
Unless we complete our initial Business Combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial Business Combination.
We may engage one or more of the underwriters from our Initial Public Offering or their affiliates to provide additional services to us, which may include acting as financial advisor in connection with an initial Business Combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. The underwriters are entitled to receive deferred commissions that will be released from the trust only on a completion of an initial Business Combination. This financial incentive may cause the underwriters to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial Business Combination.
We may engage one or more of the underwriters from our Initial Public Offering or their affiliates to provide additional services to us, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing financial advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing. We may pay the underwriters or their affiliates fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation. The underwriters are also entitled to receive deferred commissions that are conditioned on the completion of an initial Business Combination. The fact that the underwriters or their affiliates’ financial interests are tied to the consummation of a Business Combination may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial Business Combination.
16
We may issue additional Class A shares or undesignated shares to complete our initial Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial Business Combination. We may also issue Class A shares upon the conversion of the Class B shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated bye-laws. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.
Our amended and restated bye-laws authorize the issuance of up to 500,000,000 Class A shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 Class B shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 undesignated shares, par value $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2021, there were 28,750,000 and 1,437,500 issued and outstanding Class A shares and Class B shares, respectively. This amount excludes shares issuable upon exercise of Warrants. This amount excludes shares issuable upon exercise of Warrants. Class B shares are convertible into Class A shares, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. One-tenth of the total outstanding alignment shares will convert into shares of our Class A shares in each of the ten fiscal years following our initial Business Combination based on the Total Return on our outstanding equity capital as of the relevant measurement date above the Price Threshold. As of December 31, 2021, there were no undesignated shares issued and outstanding.
We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A shares, and may issue undesignated shares, in order to complete our initial Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial Business Combination. We may also issue Class A shares to redeem the Warrants or upon conversion of the Class B shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated bye-laws. However, our amended and restated bye-laws provide, among other things, that prior to our initial Business Combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (1) receive funds from the Trust Account or (2) vote as a class with our public shares on any initial Business Combination. The issuance of additional shares or undesignated shares:
● | may significantly dilute the equity interest of our public investors, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B shares resulted in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B shares; |
● | may subordinate the rights of holders of shares if undesignated shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our shares; |
● | could cause a change of control if a substantial number of our shares is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present directors and officers; |
● | may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; |
● | may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our SAILSM securities, shares and/or Warrants; and |
● | may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our Warrants. |
Our initial Business Combination or decision to reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial Business Combination may result in taxes imposed on our shareholders or Warrant holders.
We may, subject to requisite shareholder approval by special resolution under the Companies Act, effect a Business Combination with a target company in another jurisdiction, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located, or reincorporate in another jurisdiction. Such transactions may result in tax liability for a shareholder or Warrant holder in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or Warrant holder is a tax resident (or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity), in which the target company is located, or in which we reincorporate. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to pay such taxes. Shareholders or Warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.
17
We may reincorporate or re-domicile in, or transfer our tax residence to, another jurisdiction in connection with our initial Business Combination and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights. In addition, the effect of such reincorporation, re-domiciliation or change of tax residence may result in taxes being imposed on us or our shareholders or Warrant holders.
In connection with our initial Business Combination, we may reincorporate or re-domicile in, or transfer our tax residence to, another jurisdiction or merge into a new entity in such jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in Bermuda or the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. In addition, the effect of such reincorporation, re-domiciliation, transfer of tax residence, merger or amalgamation may result in taxes imposed on us or our shareholders or Warrant holders.
Such transactions may require a shareholder or Warrant holder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or Warrant holder is a tax resident (or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity), in which the target company is located, or in which we reincorporate, re-domicile, transfer our tax residence or merge. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or Warrant holders to pay any such taxes. Shareholders or Warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation, re-domiciliation, transfer of tax residence, merger or amalgamation.
We intend that the Company will operate so as to be treated exclusively as a resident of Bermuda for tax purposes until the initial Business Combination is consummated, but the tax authorities of other jurisdictions may treat it as also being a resident of, or as having a taxable presence in, another jurisdiction for tax purposes.
We intend that the Company, which is incorporated in Bermuda, will have its residence for tax purposes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, withholding tax and tax treaty eligibility purposes) exclusively in Bermuda and that will have no taxable presence in the form of a fixed place of business or permanent establishment in any other jurisdiction, subject to any reincorporation in another jurisdiction or other reorganization in connection with the initial Business Combination.
Because the Company is incorporated under Bermuda law and has its registered office in Bermuda, it is considered to be resident in Bermuda for Bermuda tax purposes. In addition, it is intended that the Company will maintain its management, organizational and operational structures in such a manner that it should not be regarded as a tax resident of any other jurisdiction either for domestic law purposes or for the purposes of any applicable tax treaty (notably any applicable tax treaty with Bermuda) and should be deemed resident only in Bermuda and that it should not have a fixed place of business or permanent establishment outside Bermuda (subject to the consummation of the initial Business Combination).
However, the determination of the Company’s tax residence, which primarily depends upon its place of effective management, as well as the characterization of fixed places of business or permanent establishments outside its jurisdiction of incorporation, are questions of fact based on all circumstances. Because such determinations are highly fact-sensitive, no assurance can be given regarding their outcome.
A failure to maintain exclusive tax residence in Bermuda and / or not to maintain a fixed place of business or permanent establishment outside Bermuda could result in significant adverse tax consequences to the Company. A failure to maintain exclusive tax residence in Bermuda could also result in significant adverse tax consequences for the Company’s shareholders. The impact of this risk would differ based on the views taken by each relevant tax authority and, in respect of the taxation of the Company’s shareholders, on their specific situation.
Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial Business Combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial Business Combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.
18
We may engage in a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, directors or officers which may raise potential conflicts of interest.
In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, directors and officers with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, directors and officers. Certain of our directors and officers also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including those described under “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest.” Such entities, including other existing reinvest SPACs, may compete with us for Business Combination opportunities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria and guidelines for a Business Combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement that we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a Business Combination with one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, directors or officers, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the Business Combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.
Since our initial shareholders will lose their entire investment in us if our initial Business Combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular Business Combination target is appropriate for our initial Business Combination.
Our initial shareholders hold 1,437,500 Class B shares, as of the date of this Annual Report, including 1,377,500 held by our Sponsor. The alignment shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial Business Combination. Our Sponsor, certain of our directors and other individuals purchased an aggregate of 12,062,500 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable for one Class A share, for a purchase price of $12,062,500 in the aggregate, or $1.00 per Warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a Business Combination. Each Private Placement Warrant may be exercised for one Class A share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment.
The alignment shares are different from the Class A shares included in the SAILSM securities in several important ways, including that: (i) only holders of the alignment shares have the right to vote on the election of directors prior to our initial Business Combination; (ii) the alignment shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below; (iii) our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (A) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any alignment shares and public shares they hold in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination, (B) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any alignment shares and public shares they hold in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated bye-laws to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or with respect to other specified provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity and (C) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any alignment shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within such time period; and (iv) on the last day of each measurement period, which will occur annually over ten fiscal years following consummation of our initial Business Combination (and, with respect to any measurement period in which we have a change of control or in which we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, on the business day immediately prior to such event instead of on the last day of such measurement period, 143,750 of the Class B shares will automatically convert into Class A shares based upon the Total Return of our outstanding equity capital as of the relevant measurement date above the Price Threshold. The personal and financial interests of our Sponsor, directors and officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target Business Combination, completing an initial Business Combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial Business Combination. This risk may become more acute as the 18-month deadline following the closing of the Initial Public Offering nears, which is the deadline for the completion of our initial Business Combination.
We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a Business Combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.
We may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial Business Combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:
19
● | default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial Business Combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations; |
● | acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant; |
● | our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand; |
● | our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding; |
● | our inability to pay dividends on our shares; |
● | using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
● | limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate; |
● | increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and |
● | limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt. |
We may be able to complete only one Business Combination with the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.
We may effectuate our initial Business Combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial Business Combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial Business Combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit financially from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several Business Combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:
● | solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or |
● | dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services. |
This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, financial, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial Business Combination.
We may attempt to simultaneously complete Business Combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial Business Combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.
If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other Business Combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial Business Combination. With multiple Business Combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.
20
We may attempt to complete our initial Business Combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.
In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial Business Combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial Business Combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.
We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a Business Combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.
Our amended and restated bye-laws do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 following such redemptions, or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial Business Combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial Business Combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all public shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, and all shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.
In order to effectuate an initial Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated bye-laws or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial Business Combination that some of our shareholders may not support.
In order to effectuate an initial Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of Business Combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial Business Combination and, with respect to their Warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the Warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated bye-laws requires at least a simple majority resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Bermuda law. A resolution is generally approved as a matter of Bermuda law where it has been approved by either (1) holders of at least 50% of a company’s shares present in person or by proxy at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution has been given and a quorum is duly present or (2) if so authorized by a company’s bye-laws, by a written resolution provided to a company’s shareholders and executed by holders of at least 50% of a company’s shares on the date the written resolution is provided to the Company’s shareholders. The warrant agreement provides that (a) terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correcting any mistake, including conforming the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the Warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering, or defective provision contained in the warrant agreement, (ii) removing or reducing the Company’s ability to redeem the Public Warrants and, if applicable, a corresponding amendment to the Company’s ability to redeem the Private Placement Warrants, (iii) removing any cap on the number of shares that are issuable upon a cashless exercise of a Warrant or (iv) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders under the warrant agreement in any material respect, (b) the terms of the Warrants may be amended by the parties to the warrant agreement with the vote or written consent of the registered holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants, voting together as a single class, to allow for the Warrants to be classified as equity in the Company’s financial statements, and (c) all other modifications or amendments, including any modification or amendment to increase the Warrant price or shorten the exercise period and any amendment to the terms of only the Private Placement Warrants, shall require the vote or written consent of the registered holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, at least 50% of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant price or extend the duration of the exercise period without the consent of the registered holders.
21
Certain provisions of our amended and restated bye-laws that relate to our pre-Business Combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our shares who attend and vote at a general meeting, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated bye-laws and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial Business Combination that some of our shareholders may not support.
Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-Business Combination activity, without approval by holders of a certain percentage of the Company’s shares. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by holders holding between 90% and 100% of the Company’s public shares. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-Business Combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances), may be amended if approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our shares who attend and vote at a general meeting, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our shares (other than amendments relating to provisions governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial Business Combination, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our shares attending and voting in a general meeting). Our initial shareholders, whose alignment shares will entitle them to 20% of voting power of our shares, may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated bye-laws and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated bye-laws which govern our pre-Business Combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete our initial Business Combination with which you do not agree. In certain circumstances, our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated bye-laws.
Certain agreements related to the Initial Public Offering may be amended without shareholder approval.
Certain agreements, including the letter agreement among us and our Sponsor, officers and directors, and the registration rights agreement among us and our initial shareholders, may be amended without shareholder approval. These agreements contain various provisions, including transfer restrictions on our alignment shares, that our public shareholders might deem to be material. While we do not expect our board of directors to approve any amendment to any of these agreements prior to our initial Business Combination, it may be possible that our board of directors, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to any such agreement in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination. Any such amendments would not require approval from our shareholders, may result in the completion of our initial Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible, and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.
We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular Business Combination.
If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants available to us prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial Business Combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed Business Combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial Business Combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular Business Combination and seek an alternative target business candidate.
In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our directors, officers or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial Business Combination, other than our Sponsor which has undertaken to fund working capital deficiencies of the Company and finance transaction costs in connection with an initial Business Combination of the Company by means of loans. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.15 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our Warrants will expire worthless.
22
Our initial shareholders will control the election of our board of directors until consummation of our initial Business Combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they will appoint all of our directors prior to our initial Business Combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.
Our initial shareholders are entitled to 20% of voting power of our shares. In addition, prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of the alignment shares will have the right to appoint all of our directors and may remove members of our board of directors for any reason. Holders of our public shares will have no right to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated bye-laws may only be amended by a resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our shares attending and voting in a general meeting. As a result, you will not have any influence over the appointment of directors prior to our initial Business Combination.
In addition, as a result of their substantial ownership in our company, our initial shareholders may exert a substantial influence on other actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated bye-laws and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial shareholders purchase any Class A shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their influence over these actions. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will exert significant influence over actions requiring a shareholder vote at least until the completion of our initial Business Combination.
A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination.
Unlike some blank check companies, if
(i) | we issue additional shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any founder shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), |
(ii) | the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial Business Combination on the date of the completion of our initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and |
(iii) | the volume weighted average trading price of our Class A shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which we consummate our initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, |
then the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price applicable to our Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price applicable to our Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination with a target business.
23
Our Warrants and alignment shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial Business Combination.
We have issued Warrants to purchase 14,375,000 Class A shares, at a price of $11.50 per whole share (subject to adjustment), as part of the SAILSM securities and, simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we issued in in the Private Placement an aggregate of 12,062,500 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. Our initial shareholders currently hold 1,437,500 Class B shares. The Class B shares are convertible into Class A shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our Sponsor, an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our directors and officers make any working capital loans up to $2,500,000 of such loans may be converted into Warrants, at the price of $1.00 per Warrant at the option of the lender. Such Warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. To the extent we issue Class A shares to effectuate a Business Combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A shares upon exercise of these Warrants or conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A shares and reduce the value of the Class A shares issued to complete the Business Combination. Therefore, our Warrants and alignment shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a Business Combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.
The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Warrants sold as part of the SAILSM securities except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor, the Participants or their respective permitted transferees: (1) they will not be redeemable by us (except under certain limited exceptions); (2) they (including the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of these Warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial Business Combination; (3) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis; and (4) they (including the shares issuable upon exercise of these Warrants) are entitled to registration rights.
Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial Business Combination with some prospective target businesses.
The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a Business Combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame.
Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial Business Combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2022. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial Business Combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.
24
If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial Business Combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such combination, and if we effect such initial Business Combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.
If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial Business Combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border Business Combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial Business Combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign market, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
If we effect our initial Business Combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting (including how relevant governments respond to such factors), including any of the following:
● | costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets; |
● | rules and regulations regarding currency redemption; |
● | complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals; |
● | laws governing the manner in which future Business Combinations may be effected; |
● | tariffs and trade barriers; |
● | regulations related to customs and import/export matters; |
● | longer payment cycles; |
● | tax consequences, such as tax law changes, including termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the applicable government provides to domestic companies, and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States; |
● | currency fluctuations and exchange controls, including devaluations and other exchange rate movements; |
● | rates of inflation, price instability and interest rate fluctuations; |
● | liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets; |
● | challenges in collecting accounts receivable; |
● | cultural and language differences; |
● | employment regulations; |
● | energy shortages; |
● | crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, wars and other forms of social instability; |
● | deterioration of political relations with the United States; |
● | obligatory military service by personnel; and |
● | government appropriation of assets. |
We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such combination or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
25
Risks Relating to the Post-Business Combination Company
We may face risks related to companies in the energy transition and clean energy industries.
Business Combinations with companies in the energy transition and clean energy industries entail special considerations and risks. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business or sector, we cannot provide specific risks of any Business Combination. If we are successful in completing a Business Combination with such a target business, we may be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks:
● | an inability to compete effectively in a highly competitive environment with many incumbents having substantially greater resources than we do; |
● | an inability to manage rapid change, increasing consumer expectations and growth; |
● | an inability to build strong brand identity and improve subscriber or customer satisfaction and loyalty; |
● | competitive pressures in the utility industry, primarily in wholesale markets, as a result of consumer demand, technological advances, greater availability of natural gas and other factors; |
● | impact of energy conservation efforts and environmental regulation; |
● | a reliance on proprietary technology to provide services and to manage our operations, and the failure of this technology to operate effectively, or our failure to use such technology effectively; |
● | an inability to deal with our subscribers’ or customers’ privacy concerns; |
● | an inability to attract and retain subscribers or customers; |
● | an inability to license or enforce intellectual property rights on which our business may depend; |
● | any significant disruption in our computer systems or those of third parties that we would utilize in our operations; |
● | an inability by us, or a refusal by third parties, to license content to us upon acceptable terms; |
● | potential liability for negligence, copyright, or trademark infringement or other claims based on the nature and content of materials that we may distribute; |
● | competition for the leisure and entertainment time and discretionary spending of subscribers or customers, which may intensify in part due to advances in technology and changes in consumer expectations and behavior; |
● | disruption or failure of our networks, systems or technology as a result of computer viruses, “cyber-attacks,” misappropriation of data or other malfeasance, as well as outages, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events; |
● | an inability to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support; and |
● | reliance on third-party vendors or service providers. |
Any of the foregoing could have an adverse impact on our operations following a Business Combination. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses will not be limited to the energy transition and clean energy industries. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another industry, we will be subject to risks attendant with the specific industry in which we operate or target business which we acquire, which may or may not be different than those risks listed above.
26
We may face risks relating to climate sector companies.
Business Combinations with companies in the climate sector, which we broadly define as consisting of all companies the business of which results, directly or indirectly, in the reduction of CO2 and other greenhouse gases into the atmosphere that would otherwise have occurred, entail certain risks. If we are successful in completing a Business Combination with such a target business, we may be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks:
● | recognizing that the market for CO2 avoidance and removal is grounded in science, any material change in consensus scientific opinion in respect of the urgency or potential remedies to the climate challenge could affect the economics of or total addressable market for clean energy and other CO2 reducing products and specialists; |
● | governmental or regulatory actions in any or all of our chosen markets, even if well intentioned from a climate perspective, could have an immediate and dramatic effect on our business operations and opportunities; |
● | the increasingly partisan nature of the public debate about climate issues could result in a consumer backlash in certain markets against products and services which exist, in whole or in part, to reduce CO2 emissions into the atmosphere; |
● | shifting approaches over time to how CO2 emissions are calculated, or to the perceived long term effectiveness of various approaches to CO2 storage and sequestration, could affect the perceived environmental benefit of our products and services; |
● | dependence of our operations upon third-party suppliers or service providers whose failure either to perform adequately or to adhere to our environmental standards could disrupt our business; |
● | difficulty in establishing and implementing a commercial and operational approach adequate to address the specific needs of the markets we are pursuing; |
● | difficulty in identifying effective local partners and developing any necessary partnerships with local businesses on commercially and environmentally acceptable terms; |
● | our inability to comply with governmental regulations or obtain governmental approval for our products and/or business operations; |
● | difficulty in competing against established companies who may have greater financial resources and/or a more effective or established localized business presence and/or an ability to introduce and sell low or no carbon products at minimal or negative operating margins for sustained periods of time; |
● | difficulty in competing successfully with improved technologies introduced subsequent to our own; |
● | the possibility of applying an ineffective commercial approach to targeted markets, including product offerings that may not meet market needs with respect to their environmental or non-environmental attributes; |
● | an inability to build strong brand identity, environmental credibility or reputation for exceptional customer satisfaction and service; |
● | difficulty in generating sufficient sales volumes at economically sustainable profitability levels; |
● | difficulty in timely identifying, attracting, training, and retaining qualified sales, technical, and other personnel; and |
● | any significant disruption in our computer systems or those of third parties that we would utilize in our operations, including disruptions or failure of our networks, systems or technology as a result of computer viruses, “cyber attacks,” misappropriation of data or other malfeasance, as well as outages, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events. |
Any of the foregoing could have an adverse impact on our operations following a Business Combination. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses will be focused on, but not be limited to the climate sector. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another industry, these risks will likely not affect us and we will be subject to other risks attendant with the specific industry in which we operate or target business which we acquire, none of which can be presently ascertained.
27
Subsequent to our completion of our initial Business Combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.
Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present with a particular target business that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholder or Warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or Warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and Warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
After our initial Business Combination, our results of operations and prospects could be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political, social and government policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.
The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial Business Combination and if we effect our initial Business Combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.
Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial Business Combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.
We may structure our initial Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will complete such Business Combination only if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post Business Combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial Business Combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity securities of a target, or issue a substantial number of new shares to third-parties in connection with financing our initial Business Combination. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the Company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.
28
We may have limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial Business Combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.
When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial Business Combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholder or Warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or Warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and Warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
The directors and officers of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial Business Combination. The departure of a Business Combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial Business Combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial Business Combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.
After our initial Business Combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all or substantially all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.
It is possible that after our initial Business Combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all or substantially all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.
If our management following our initial Business Combination is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.
Following our initial Business Combination, any or all of our management could resign from their positions as officers of the Company, and the management of the target business at the time of the Business Combination could remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with U.S. securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.
Risks Relating to Our Management Team and Conflicts of Interest
We are dependent upon our directors and officers and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.
Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our directors and officers, at least until we have completed our initial Business Combination. In addition, our directors and officers are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.
29
Our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial Business Combination. The loss of our or a target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
Our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial Business Combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial Business Combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.
In addition, the directors and officers of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial Business Combination. The departure of a Business Combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial Business Combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial Business Combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is the most advantageous.
Our key personnel may be able to remain with the Company after the completion of our initial Business Combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the Business Combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the Business Combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of our initial Business Combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Bermuda law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial Business Combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential Business Combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial Business Combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial Business Combination.
Our directors and officers will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.
Our directors and officers are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a Business Combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. Each of our officers and directors may be engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to, or otherwise expect to receive, substantial compensation or other economic benefit and our officers and directors are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, all of our officers and certain of our directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to Seatankers and to certain companies in which either of them has invested or are otherwise affiliated with, and companies in industries we may target for our initial Business Combination. Certain of our independent directors also serve as officers and/or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs, which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial Business Combination. For a discussion of our officers’ and directors’ other business endeavors, please see “Item 10— Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance..”
30
Certain of our directors and officers are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
Until we consummate our initial Business Combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor and directors and officers are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. Our Sponsor and directors and officers are also not prohibited from sponsoring, investing or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies, including in connection with their initial Business Combinations, prior to us completing our initial Business Combination, and any such involvement may result in conflicts of interests as described above. Moreover, certain of our directors and officers have time and attention requirements for investment funds of which affiliates of our Sponsor are the investment managers.
Our directors and officers also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties or otherwise have an interest in, including Seatankers companies any other special purpose acquisition company in which they may become involved with. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to other entities prior to its presentation to us, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Bermuda law. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.
For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.” “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. —Conflicts of Interest” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”
Our directors, officers, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or their respective affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or officers. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours. In particular, affiliates of our Sponsor have invested in industries as diverse as healthcare, education, financial services, artificial intelligence and social media. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable Business Combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.
Our letter agreements with our initial shareholders, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval.
Our letter agreements with our initial shareholders, officers and directors contain provisions relating to, among other things, restrictions on transfer of our founder shares and private placement warrants, indemnification of the trust account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidating distributions from the trust account. The letter agreement may be amended without shareholder approval. While we do not expect our board of directors to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial Business Combination, it may be possible that our board of directors, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreements. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.
31
Risks Relating to Our Securities
You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares and/or Warrants, potentially at a loss.
Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (1) our completion of an initial Business Combination, and then only in connection with those Class A shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein; (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated bye-laws (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity; and (3) the redemption of our public shares if we have not completed an initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. Holders of Warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the Warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares and/or Warrants, potentially at a loss.
The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial Business Combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public shareholders). Additionally, in connection with our initial Business Combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the applicable exchange’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.
If any of our securities are delisted from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
● | a limited availability of market quotations for our securities; |
● | reduced liquidity for our securities; |
● | a determination that our Class A shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities; |
● | a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and |
● | a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. |
The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our SAILSM securities, Class A shares and Warrants currently qualify as covered securities under such statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by special purpose acquisition companies, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities, which may negatively impact our ability to consummate our initial Business Combination.
32
You will not be permitted to exercise your Warrants unless we register and qualify the issuance of the underlying Class A shares stock or certain exemptions are available.
If the issuance of the Class A shares upon exercise of the Warrants is not registered, qualified or exempt from registration or qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, holders of Warrants will not be entitled to exercise such Warrants and such Warrants may have no value and expire worthless.
Pursuant to terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial Business Combination, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement or a new registration statement covering the issuance of such shares, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A shares until the Warrants expire or are redeemed. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the above requirements, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis, in which case, the number of Class A shares that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum amount of shares equal to 0.361 Class A shares per Warrant (subject to adjustment). However, no Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A shares are at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any Warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the Warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the Warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the Warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their Warrants as part of a purchase of SAILSM securities will have paid the full SAILSM securities purchase price solely for the Class A shares included in the SAILSM securities. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our Private Placement Warrants to exercise their Warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the Public Warrants that were included as part of the SAILSM securities. In such an instance, our Sponsor, the Participants and their respective permitted transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to exercise their Warrants and sell the shares underlying their Warrants while holders of our Public Warrants would not be able to exercise their Warrants and sell the underlying shares. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the Warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their Warrants.
Our Warrants are accounted for as derivative liabilities and were recorded at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A shares or may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination.
We have issued 14,375,000 Warrants as part of the SAILSM Securities offered by the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering and, simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we issued in a private placement, 12,062,500 Private Placement Warrants. Both the Warrants underlying the SAILSM Securities offered by the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement Warrants were accounted for as a Warrant liability. At each reporting period (1) the accounting treatment of the Warrants will be re-evaluated for proper accounting treatment as a liability or equity and (2) the fair value of the liability of the public and private Warrants will be remeasured and the change in the fair value of the liability will be recorded as other income (expense) in our income statement. Changes in the inputs and assumptions for the valuation model we use to determine the fair value of such liability may have a material impact on the estimated fair value of the embedded derivative liability. The share price of our Class A shares represents the primary underlying variable that impacts the value of the derivative instruments. Additional factors that impact the value of the derivative instruments include the volatility of our stock price, discount rates and stated interest rates. As a result, our consolidated financial statements and results of operations will fluctuate quarterly, based on various factors, such as the share price of our Class A shares, many of which are outside of our control. In addition, we may change the underlying assumptions used in our valuation model, which could in result in significant fluctuations in our results of operations. If our stock price is volatile, we expect that we will recognize non-cash gains or losses on our Warrants or any other similar derivative instruments each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material. The impact of changes in fair value on earnings may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A shares. In addition, potential targets may seek a SPAC that does not have Warrants that are accounted for as a liability, which may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination with a target business.
33
We may amend the terms of the Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of Public Warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants.
Our Warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that (a) terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correcting any mistake, including conforming the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the Warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering, or defective provision contained in the warrant agreement, (ii) removing or reducing the Company’s ability to redeem the Public Warrants and, if applicable, a corresponding amendment to the Company’s ability to redeem the Private Placement Warrants, (iii) removing any cap on the number of shares that are issuable upon a cashless exercise of a Warrant or (iv) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders under the warrant agreement in any material respect, (b) the terms of the Warrants may be amended by the parties to the warrant agreement with the vote or written consent of the registered holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants, voting together as a single class, to allow for the Warrants to be classified as equity in the Company’s financial statements, and (c) all other modifications or amendments, including any modification or amendment to increase the Warrant price or shorten the exercise period and any amendment to the terms of only the Private Placement Warrants, shall require the vote or written consent of the registered holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, at least 50% of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant price or extend the duration of the exercise period without the consent of the registered holders. Although our ability to amend the terms of the Public Warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant.
We may redeem your unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Warrants worthless.
We have the ability to redeem the outstanding Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant if, among other things, the last reported sale price of Class A shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted). If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the Warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the Warrants. Redemption of the outstanding Warrants as described above could force you to: (1) exercise your Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (2) sell your Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Warrants; or (3) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your Warrants.
In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per Warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.15 per share (as adjusted). In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their Warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A shares. The value received upon exercise of the Warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their Warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the Warrants, including because the number of shares received is capped at 0.361 Class A shares per Warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the Warrants.
Our management’s ability to require holders of our public warrants to exercise such public warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer Class A shares upon their exercise of the public warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their public warrants for cash.
If we call our public Warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described in the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its Warrant (including any Warrants held by our Sponsor, officers, directors or their permitted transferees) to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis, the number of Class A shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his, her or its warrant for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our Company.
34
Because each SAILSM security contains one-half of one redeemable Warrant and only a whole Warrant may be exercised, the SAILSM securities may be worth less than SAILSM securities of other blank check companies.
Each SAILSM security contains one-half of one redeemable Warrant. Pursuant to the Warrant agreement, no fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the SAILSM securities, and only whole Warrants will trade. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose SAILSM securities include one share and one whole Warrant or a greater fraction of one whole Warrant to purchase one share. We have established the components of the SAILSM securities in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the Warrants upon completion of a Business Combination since the Warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for a third of the number of shares compared to SAILSM securities that each contain a whole Warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive Business Combination partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this SAILSM security structure may cause our SAILSM security to be worth less than if they included one whole Warrant or a greater fraction of one whole Warrant to purchase one whole share.
Because we are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.
Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated by-laws, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of Bermuda. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Bermuda law are to a large extent governed by the common law of Bermuda. The common law of Bermuda is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in Bermuda as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in Bermuda. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, Bermuda has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Bermudan companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.
We have been advised by Appleby (Bermuda) Limited, our Bermuda legal counsel, that the courts of Bermuda are unlikely (1) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (2) in original actions brought in Bermuda, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in Bermuda of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of Bermuda will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in Bermuda, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Bermuda judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of Bermuda (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Bermuda court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.
Our warrant agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our Warrants, which could limit the ability of Warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.
Our warrant agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.
35
Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our Warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our Warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such Warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such Warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such Warrant holder.
This choice-of-forum provision may limit a Warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.
Provisions in our amended and restated bye-laws may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A shares and could entrench management.
Our amended and restated bye-laws contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include two-year director terms and the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of undesignated shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.
Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the U.S. and may afford less protection to holders of our securities.
We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws typically applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda company are owed to the Company only. Shareholders of Bermuda companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the Company and may only do so in limited circumstances.
Class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which derivative actions may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more proscribed and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the Company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the Company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum of association or amended and restated bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the Company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.
When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the Company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the Company. Additionally, under our amended and restated bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or dishonesty. In addition, the rights of holders of our Securities and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States, particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States.
36
General Risk Factors
We have no operating history and no operating revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.
We have no operating results and, because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses. We currently have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a Business Combination and may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination. If we fail to complete our initial Business Combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.
Past performance by our management team and their respective affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.
Information regarding performance by our management team and their respective affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by our management team and their respective affiliates is not a guarantee either (1) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial Business Combination or (2) of success with respect to any Business Combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team or their respective affiliates or any related investment’s performance as indicative of our future performance of an investment in the Company or the returns the Company will, or is likely to, generate going forward.
Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operation disruption and/or financial loss.
We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.
Global or regional conditions may adversely affect our business and our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial Business Combination.
Adverse changes in global or regional economic conditions periodically occur, including recession or slowing growth, changes, or uncertainty in fiscal, monetary or trade policy, higher interest rates, tighter credit, inflation, lower capital expenditures by businesses, increases in unemployment and lower consumer confidence and spending. Adverse changes in economic conditions can harm global business and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial Business Combination. Such adverse changes could result from geopolitical and security issues, such as armed conflict and civil or military unrest, political instability, human rights concerns and terrorist activity, catastrophic events such as natural disasters and public health issues (including the COVID-19 pandemic), supply chain interruptions, new or revised export, import or doing-business regulations, including trade sanctions and tariffs or other global or regional occurrences.
In particular, in response to Russia’s recent invasion of Ukraine, the United States, the European Union, and several other countries are imposing far-reaching sanctions and export control restrictions on Russian entities and individuals. This rising conflict and the resulting market volatility could adversely affect global economic, political and market conditions. Additionally, tensions between the United States and China have led to increased tariffs and trade restrictions. The United States has imposed economic sanctions on certain Chinese individuals and entities and restrictions on the export of U.S.-regulated products and technology to certain Chinese technology companies. These and other global and regional conditions may adversely impact our business and our ability to find an attractive target businesses with which to consummate our initial Business Combination.
37
We may be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our shares or Warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our taxable year ended December 31, 2021, our current taxable year, and our subsequent taxable years may depend upon the status of an acquired company pursuant to a Business Combination and whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception. The application of the start-up exception and the determination of our PFIC status may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, moreover, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor upon written request to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our Warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. Holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to holders of our shares and Warrants.
We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.
We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of any second quarter of a fiscal year, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the end of such fiscal year. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year or the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.
38
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for complex financial instruments and application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A to our accounting classification of Class A shares subject to possible redemption. If we are unable to remediate the material weakness and otherwise maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, it could result in our not preventing or detecting on a timely basis a material misstatement of the Company’s financial statements, and we may face litigation as a result.
Management identified a material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for complex financial instruments and application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A to our accounting classification of Class A shares subject to possible redemption as of December 31, 2021, as described in Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Although we intend to implement a plan to remediate this material weakness, we cannot be certain of the success of the plan. If our remedial measures are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if one or more additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, we may not be able to prevent or identify irregularities or ensure the fair and accurate presentation of our financial statements included in our periodic reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. We continue to evaluate steps to remediate the material weakness. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.
A material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such a case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, our securities price may decline and we may face litigation as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.
Item 1.B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2. Properties.
We currently maintain our executive offices at Par-la-Ville Place, 4th Floor, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, Bermuda HM08. The cost for this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee that we will pay our Sponsor for office space, administrative support and personnel services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
As of December 31, 2021, to the knowledge of our management, there was no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such, and we and the members of our management team have not been subject to any such proceeding.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
39
PART II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
(a) | Market Information |
Our SAILSM Securities began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on December 7, 2021. Each SAILSM Security consists of one Class A share and one-half of one redeemable Warrant to purchase one Class A share. On January 21, 2022, we announced that holders of the SAILSM Securities may elect to separately trade the Class A shares and redeemable Warrants included in the SAILSM Securities commencing on January 24, 2022. Any SAILSM Securities not separated continue to trade on NYSE under the symbol “STET.U.” Any underlying Class A shares and redeemable Warrants can separately trade on NYSE under the symbols “STET” and “STETWS,” respectively.
(b) | Holders |
As of March 22, 2022, there was one holder of record of our SAILSM Securities, one holder of record of our separately traded Class A shares, and two holders of record of our redeemable Warrants.
(c) | Dividends |
We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial Business Combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating, and does not anticipate, declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial Business Combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.
(d) | Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans |
None.
(e) | Performance Graph |
The performance graph has been omitted as permitted under rules applicable to smaller reporting companies.
(f) | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings |
Unregistered Sales
On May 17, 2021, our Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 to cover certain offering costs in consideration for 1,725,000 Class B shares, par value $0.0001. Initially, up to 225,000 alignment shares were subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised. On November 6, 2021, our Sponsor forfeited 287,500 alignment shares, resulting in 1,437,500 alignment shares outstanding (up to 187,500 of which were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised). In connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option on December 9, 2021, the 187,500 alignment shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.
Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the Private Placement of 10,750,000 Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $10,750,000. In connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option on December 9, 2021, we consummated the Private Placement of 1,312,500 Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $1,312,500.
40
In connection with the Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor had agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $300,000 pursuant to a promissory note. This loan is non-interest bearing and was payable on the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not drawn on the note. As this loan matured on December 31, 2021, the Company can no longer draw down on this note.
Of the gross proceeds received from the Initial Public Offering and the underwriters’ full exercise of the option to purchase additional SAILSM securities, $291,812,500 was placed in the Trust Account. The net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain proceeds from the Private Placement are invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less and in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.
We paid a total of $5,750,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions related to the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters agreed to defer $10,062,500 in underwriting discounts and commissions.
Use of Proceeds
The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on December 2, 2021. On December 7, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 28,750,000 SAILSM securities, including the issuance of 3,750,000 SAILSM securities as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option consummated on December 9, 2021, at $10.00 per SAILSM security, generating gross proceeds of $287,500,000. Each SAILSM security consisted of one Class A share and one-half of one redeemable Warrant. Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A share for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment.
Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the Private Placement of 10,750,000 Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $10,750,000. In connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option on December 9, 2021, we consummated the Private Placement of 1,312,500 Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $1,312,500.
In connection with the Initial Public Offering, we incurred offering costs of $17,493,141 (including deferred underwriting commissions of approximately $10,062,500). Other incurred offering costs consisted principally of preparation fees related to the Initial Public Offering. After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion, which amount will be payable upon consummation of the initial Business Combination, if consummated) and the Initial Public Offering expenses, $291,812,500 of the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds from the private placement of the Private Placement Warrants (or $10.15 per SAILSM security sold in the Initial Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account and invested as described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
There has been no material change in the planned use of the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement as is described in the Company’s final prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering. For a description of the use of the proceeds generated from the Initial Public Offering, see “Item 1. Business.”
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to ST Energy Transition I Ltd. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
41
Overview
We are a blank check company incorporated as a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares formed for the purpose of effecting a Business Combination. While we may pursue an initial Business Combination target in any industry or geographic location, we intend to focus on companies that have the potential to become the global leader in their area of expertise within energy transition, whilst achieving risk-adjusted returns for shareholders. Our sponsor is Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd. (the “Sponsor”).
Liquidity and Capital Resources
On December 7, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 28,750,000 SAILSM securities, including 3,750,000 SAILSM securities from the underwriters’ full exercise of the over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $287,500,000.
Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO and the issuance and sale of the SAILSM securities, the Company consummated the private placement of 12,062,500 Private Placement Warrants, including 1,312,500 private placement warrants from the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating $12,062,500.
Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on December 7, 2021, an amount of $291,813,714 from the net proceeds of the sale of the SAILSM securities and Private Placement Warrants in the Initial Public Offering was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) which may be invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the consummation of a Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders. Transaction costs amounted to $17,493,141, consisting of $5,750,000 in underwriting fees, $10,062,500 in deferred underwriting fees, and $1,680,641 in other transaction costs.
As of December 31, 2021, we had $291,813,714 of assets held in the Trust Account. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account to complete our Business Combination. To the extent that our shares or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the post-Business Combination entity, to make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.
As of December 31, 2021, we had cash of $774,855 held outside of the Trust Account. We intend to use the funds held outside of the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, properties, or similar locations of prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to merge with or acquire, and structuring, negotiating, and consummating the Business Combination.
Prior to the completion of the Initial Public Offering, the Company’s liquidity needs had been satisfied through a payment of $25,000 for certain offering costs from the Sponsor for the Alignment Shares, and the loan under an unsecured promissory note from the Sponsor of $300,000. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not drawn on the note. Subsequent to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, the Company’s liquidity needs have been satisfied from the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement not held in the Trust Account. During the period ended December 31, 2021, the Company has sustained negative cash flows from operations and expects to continue to incur negative cash flows from operations for at least the next twelve months from the filing of this report. However, the Company’s Sponsor has undertaken to fund working capital deficiencies of the Company and finance transaction costs in connection with an initial Business Combination of the Company by means of Company Working Capital Loans for a period of 12 months beginning February 15, 2022. Accordingly, management has determined that sufficient capital exists to sustain operations one year from the date of this filing.
Results of Operations
Our only activities from inception through December 31, 2021, were those related to our formation, the preparation for our Initial Public Offering and, since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a prospective initial Business Combination. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any operating revenues to date. We will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial Business Combination at the earliest. We incurred expenses as a result of being a public company (including for legal, financial reporting, accounting, and auditing compliance), as well as for expenses in connection with searching for a prospective initial Business Combination.
42
Contractual Obligations
Administrative Services Agreement
Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of the initial Business Combination and the liquidation, we agreed to pay our Sponsor $10,000 per month for office space, administrative support and personnel services provided to us by an affiliate of our Sponsor. There was no balance due to a related party at December 31, 2021.
Registration Rights Agreement
The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans (and in each case holders of their component securities, as applicable) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering, requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to our Class A shares). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting Agreement
The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of 2.00% of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, being $5,750,000 as the over-allotment option was exercised in full. In addition, the underwriters will be entitled to a deferred fee of three and half percent (3.50%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, being $10,062,500 as the over-allotment option was exercised in full. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. As of December 31, 2021, there is $10,062,500 outstanding underwriters’ fee payable.
On December 9, 2021, the underwriters exercised the over-allotment option and purchased 3,750,000 SAILSM Securities at a price of $10.00 per SAILSM Security, generating gross proceeds of $37,500,000. A total of $36,750,000 of the Proceeds, net of $750,000 of underwriting fees, from the sale of the SAILSM Securities were placed in the Trust Account.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting estimates affecting our financial statements:
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”), and ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own ordinary shares, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.
For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations. The fair value of the warrants was estimated using a binomial lattice model.
43
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2020, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its financial statements.
Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
JOBS Act
On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected to irrevocably opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time public companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another emerging growth company that has not opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.
Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our Initial Public Offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.
Item 7.A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.
We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.
44
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
ST Energy Transition I Ltd.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the period from April 9, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 9, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.
New York, NY
March 30, 2022
F-2
ST ENERGY TRANSITION I LTD.
BALANCE SHEET
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-3
ST ENERGY TRANSITION I LTD.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Period from April 9, 2021 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2021 |
||||
Formation costs and other operating expenses | $ | 384,762 | ||
Loss from operations | (384,762 | ) | ||
Other Income (Expense): | ||||
Transaction costs allocable to warrant liability | (713,600 | ) | ||
Change in fair value of warrant liability | 793,125 | |||
Interest earned on Assets held in Trust | 1,214 | |||
Net Loss | $ | (304,023 | ) | |
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A shares | 2,565,789 | |||
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A shares | $ | (0.08 | ) | |
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B shares | 1,265,508 | |||
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B shares | $ | (0.08 | ) |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-4
ST ENERGY TRANSITION I LTD.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Class A | Class B | Additional | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares | Ordinary Shares | Paid-in | Retained | Shareholders’ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Earnings | Deficit | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance -April 9, 2021 (Date of Inception) | — | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Class B shares to Sponsor | — | 1,437,500 | 144 | 24,856 | 25,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Excess of cash received from private placement warrants | — | — | 2,895,000 | 2,895,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Re-measurement of Class A shares to redemption value | — | — | (2,919,856 | ) | (29,097,185 | ) | (32,017,041 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | — | — | (304,023 | ) | (304,023 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance - December 31, 2021 | — | 1,437,500 | $ | 144 | $ | $ | (29,401,208 | ) | $ | (29,401,064 | ) |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-5
ST ENERGY TRANSITION I LTD.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Period from April 9, 2021 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2021 |
||||
Cash flow from Operating Activities: | ||||
Net loss | $ | (304,023 | ) | |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account | (1,214 | ) | ||
Changes in fair value of Warrant Liability | (793,125 | ) | ||
Transaction costs allocated to Warrant Liability | 713,600 | |||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||
Prepaid expenses | (1,151,315 | ) | ||
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses | 310,932 | |||
Net cash used in operating activities | (1,225,145 | ) | ||
Cash flow from Investing Activities: | ||||
Investment of cash in Trust Account | (291,812,500 | ) | ||
Net cash used in investing activities | (291,812,500 | ) | ||
Cash flows from Financing Activities: | ||||
Proceeds from sale of SAILSM securities, net of underwriting discounts paid | 281,750,000 | |||
Proceeds from sale of private placement warrants | 12,062,500 | |||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 293,812,500 | |||
Net change in cash | $ | 774,855 | ||
Cash — Beginning of Period | ||||
Cash — End of Period | $ | 774,855 | ||
Non-Cash investing and financing activities | ||||
Offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses | $ | 1,464,383 | ||
Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B shares | $ | 25,000 | ||
Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor on behalf of ST Energy | $ | 191,258 | ||
Re-measurement of Class A shares to redemption value | $ | (32,017,041) | ||
Deferred underwriting fee payable | $ | 10,062,500 | ||
Initial measurement of warrants issued in connection with the initial public offering accounted for as liabilities | $ | 20,092,500 |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-6
ST ENERGY TRANSITION I LTD.
NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS
ST Energy Transition I Ltd. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in Bermuda on April 9, 2021. The Company was formed for the purpose of effectuating a merger, capital share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity for the period April 9, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021, related to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) and identifying a target for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.
The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on December 2, 2021. On December 7, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The SAILSM securities were sold at an offering price of $ per SAILSM securities, generating gross proceeds of $250,000,000. SAILSM securities (the “SAIL securities”). Each SAIL security consists of one Class A share, $ par value per share (the “Class A Shares”), and one-half of one redeemable warrant (the “Public Warrants”), each whole Public Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Share at an exercise price of $
Simultaneous with the consummation of the IPO and the issuance and sale of the SAILSM securities, the Company consummated the private placement of 1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds of $10,750,000 (the “Private Placement”). The Private Placement Warrants, which were purchased by Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd. (the “Sponsor”), are substantially similar to the Public Warrants, except that if held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, they (i) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, (ii) are not subject to being called for redemption (except in certain circumstances when the Public Warrants are called for redemption and a certain price per Class A Share threshold is met) and (iii) subject to certain limited exceptions, will be subject to transfer restrictions until 30 days following the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants. The Private Placement Warrants have been issued pursuant to, and are governed by the Warrant Agreement. Private Placement Warrants at a price of $
Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on December 7, 2021, an amount of $253,750,000 (equal to $ per unit), compromised of $245,000,000 of the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and $8,750,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants in the Initial Private Placement, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account (the “Trust Account”) at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintained by Continental Share Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.
On December 9, 2021, the underwriters’ exercised their over-allotment option and purchased an additional 37,500,000. (the “Over-Allotment Option”) Simultaneously, the Company completed the Private Placement of an aggregate of 1,312,500 Private Placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total gross proceeds of $1,312,500 (the “Option Private Placement Warrant”). A total of $38,062,500 (equal to $ per unit), comprised of $36,750,000 of the proceeds from the closing of the Over-Allotment Option (which amount includes $1,312,500 of the underwriters’ deferred discount) and $1,312,500 of the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants in the Option Private Placement, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. SAILSM securities at a price of $ per SAIL, generating total gross proceeds of $
Transaction costs amounted to $17,493,141 consisting of $5,750,000 of underwriting fees, $10,062,500 of deferred underwriting fees (see Note 6) and $1,680,641 of other costs. Of the transaction costs, $713,600 associated with the issuance of warrants that have been classified as a liability have been expensed. In addition, at the closing of the Initial Public Offering, $774,855 of cash was held outside of the Trust Account and is available for working capital purposes.
F-7
The Company must complete an initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding the taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of signing a definitive agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination and that a majority of our independent directors approve such initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete an initial Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target or otherwise is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, management has agreed that an amount equal to at least $ per SAILSM securities sold in the Initial Public Offering, including certain proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, will be held in a trust account located in the United States at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. with Continental Share Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and held as cash or invested only in U.S. “government securities,” within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.
The Company’s amended and restated bye-laws will provide that, other than the withdrawal of interest earned on the funds that may be released to the Company to pay taxes, none of the funds held in Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any of the Class A shares included in the SAILSM securities being sold in the Initial Public Offering (the “Public Shares”) to its holders (the “Public Shareholders”) properly tendered in connection with a Shareholder vote to amend certain provisions of the Company’s amended and restated bye-laws prior to an initial Business Combination or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination within the Business Combination Period (as defined below).
The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek shareholder approval of the initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which Public Shareholders may seek to redeem their Public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the initial Business Combination or do not vote at all, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its taxes, or (ii) provide the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of our initial Business Combination at $10.15 per share and the per share interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (net of permitted withdrawals). As a result, such Public Share will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. The amount in the Trust Account is initially anticipated to be $10.15 per Public Share. The decision as to whether the Company will seek Shareholder approval of the initial Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek shareholder approval. If the Company seeks shareholder approval, it will complete its Business Combination only if it receives an ordinary resolution under Bermuda law, which requires approval by a majority of the votes attached to shares voted at a general meeting of the company where a quorum of at least two persons present in person or by proxy representing at least 50% of the issued and outstanding shares (or class thereof) entitled to vote at such general meeting are present at the time such general meeting proceeds to business (unless applicable Bermuda law requires a higher approval threshold). However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 immediately prior to or upon consummation of an initial Business Combination. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), is restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to % or more of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.
F-8
The Company only has 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering to complete the initial Business Combination (or such later date as approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding Class A shares that are voted at a meeting to extend such date, voting together as a single class) (the “Business Combination Period”). If the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination within this period of time (and shareholders do not approve an amendment to the amended and restated bye-laws to extend this date), it will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, of $10.15, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to the Company’s obligations under Bermuda law to provide for claims of creditors and in all cases subject to the other requirements of applicable law.
The Company’s Sponsor, officers and directors, or the Initial Shareholders, have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and Public Shares they hold in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination, (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares they hold in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated bye-laws to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Business Combination Period or with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-combination transaction activity and (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete an initial Business Combination within the Business Combination Period (although they will be entitled to liquidate distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete an initial Business Combination within the Business Combination Period).
Risks and Uncertainties
Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
F-9
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $291,813,714 cash held in the Trust Account and $774,855 held outside of the Trust Account. Prior to the completion of the Initial Public Offering, the Company’s liquidity needs had been satisfied through a payment of $25,000 for certain offering costs from the Sponsor for the Alignment Shares, and the loan under an unsecured promissory note from the Sponsor of $300,000 (see Note 5). As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not drawn on the note. Subsequent to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, the Company’s liquidity needs have been satisfied from the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement not held in the Trust Account. During the period ended December 31, 2021, the Company has sustained negative cash flows from operations and expects to continue to incur negative cash flows from operations for at least the next twelve months from the filing of this report. However, the Company’s Sponsor has undertaken to fund working capital deficiencies of the Company and finance transaction costs in connection with an initial Business Combination of the Company by means of Company working capital loans, as defined below (see Note 5). Accordingly, management has determined that sufficient capital exists to sustain operations one year from the date of this filing.
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company, which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liability. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
F-10
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021. The Company had $774,855 of cash as of December 31, 2021.
The transfer of the Founder Shares is in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, share-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The Founders Shares were granted subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Share-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon occurrence of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of Founders Shares that ultimately vest multiplied by the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified) less the amount initially received for the purchase of the Founders Shares. As of December 31, 2021, the Company determined that a Business Combination is not considered probable, and, therefore, no share-based compensation expense has been recognized.
The fair value at the grant date of the
shares transferred to the Company’s directors was $ or $ per share. Upon consummation of an initial business combination, the Company will recognize $ in compensation expense.
Income Taxes
The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.
Currently, there is no taxation imposed on the Company’s income by the Government of Bermuda. Additionally, the Company has received an assurance from the Ministry of Finance of Bermuda granting an exemption, until March 31, 2035, from the imposition of tax under any applicable Bermuda law computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax in each case in respect of the Company or any of its operations, provided that such exemption shall not prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to land in Bermuda leased to the Company.
Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next 12 months.
The Company accounts for its shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. Shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable shares of ordinary share (including shares of ordinary share that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2021, shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.
F-11
At December 31, 2021, the Class A shares reflected in the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table:
Gross Proceeds | $ | 287,500,000 | ||
Less: | ||||
Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants | (10,925,000 | ) | ||
Class A shares issuance costs | (16,779,541 | ) | ||
Plus: | ||||
Re-measurement of carrying value to redemption value | 32,017,041 | |||
Class A shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2021 | $ | 291,812,500 |
Offering Costs
The Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offering costs consist of legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities will be expensed as incurred, presented as non-operating expenses in the statement of operations. Offering costs amounting to $17,493,141, consisting of $5,750,000 of underwriting fees, $10,062,500 of deferred underwriting fees, and $1,680,641 in of other offering costs were charged to shareholders’ deficit upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. As such, the Company recorded $16,779,541 of offering costs as a reduction of equity in connection with the Class A shares included in the SAILSM securities. The Company immediately expensed $713,600 of offering costs in connection with the Public Warrants included in the SAILSM securities that were classified as liabilities.
The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating net loss per ordinary share. Basic loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 187,500 Class B shares that were subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment was not exercised by the underwriters which gives retroactive effect to the share recapitalization which occurred on November 6, 2021 as described in Notes 5 and 9. In connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option on December 9, 2021, the Class B shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.
The Company has not considered the effect of the 26,437,500 warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement in the calculation of diluted net loss per ordinary share, since the exercise of the warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As of December 31, 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted net loss per ordinary share is the same as basic net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented.
A reconciliation of net loss per ordinary share is as follows:
For
the |
||||||||
Class A | Class B | |||||||
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share | ||||||||
Numerator: | ||||||||
Allocation of net loss, as adjusted | $ | (203,602 | ) | $ | (100,421 | ) | ||
Denominator: | ||||||||
Basic and diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding | 2,565,789 | 1,265,508 | ||||||
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share | $ | (0.08) | $ | (0.08 | ) |
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account.
F-12
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.
The Company applies ASC 820, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework. ASC 820 defines fair value as an exit price, which is the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the Company’s principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820 generally requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions based on market data and the entity’s judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are to be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.
Level 1—Assets and liabilities with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges. Inputs to the fair value measurement are observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—Inputs to the fair value measurement are determined using prices for recently traded assets and liabilities with similar underlying terms, as well as direct or indirect observable inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3—Inputs to the fair value measurement are unobservable inputs, such as estimates, assumptions, and valuation techniques when little or no market data exists for the assets or liabilities.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then revalued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
The Company accounts for the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that because the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant must be recorded as a liability.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In August 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its financial statements.
Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
F-13
NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
On December 7, 2021, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The SAILSM securities were sold at an offering price of $ per SAILSM securities, generating gross proceeds of $250,000,000. SAILSM securities. Each SAILSM security consists of one Class A share, $ par value per share (the “Class A Shares”), and one-half of one redeemable warrant (the “Public Warrants”), each whole Public Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Share at an exercise price of $
On December 9, 2021, the underwriters’ exercised their over-allotment option and purchased an additional 37,500,000. SAILSM securities at a price of $ per SAIL, generating additional gross proceeds of $
NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT
On December 7, 2021, simultaneous with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 10,750,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds of $10,750,000. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. $1,312,500 was placed in the trust account as of December 7, 2021, relating to the sale of additional private placement warrants of 1,312,500. The remainder of the total proceeds were placed in the trust account on December 9, 2021, when the additional SAILSM securities and private placement warrants were issued.
Each Private Placement Warrant is identical to the warrants offered in the Initial Public Offering, except there are no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless if we do not consummate a Business Combination within the Business Combination Period.
NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Alignment Shares
On April 9, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of 25,000. The number of Alignment Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Alignment Shares would represent 5% of the Class A shares issued in the Initial Public Offering. On June 29, 2021, the Sponsor transferred Alignment Shares to each of our directors. On November 6, 2021, the Sponsor forfeited Class B shares of the Company, resulting in a decrease in the total number of Class B shares outstanding from 1,725,000 to 1,437,500 (Note 9). All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share surrender. Up to of the Founder Shares were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment was exercised and, in addition, the initial shareholders agreed to forfeit alignment shares to the extent necessary in connection with any changes to the terms or size of our offering of SAILSM securities. In connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option on December 9, 2021, the 187,500 alignment shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. The Founder Shares are entitled to a number of votes representing 20% of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares prior to the completion of the initial Business Combination. Class B shares (the “Alignment Shares” or “Founder Shares”) to the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $
The Initial Shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Alignment Shares and any of their Class A shares deliverable upon conversion of the Alignment Shares for 30 days following the completion of an initial Business Combination. In connection with this arrangement, the Initial Shareholders have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Alignment Shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) 30 days after the completion of our initial Business Combination and (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, capital share exchange or other similar transaction after the initial Business Combination that results in all of its shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A shares for cash, securities or other property; except to certain permitted transferees and under certain circumstances as described in the prospectus. Further, in connection with this arrangement, the Initial Shareholders have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants and any Class A shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination, except to permitted transferees. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the Initial Shareholders with respect to any Alignment shares and Private Placement Warrants.
F-14
Promissory Note—Related Party
On April 30, 2021, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate amount of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). The Note is non-interest bearing and is payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2021 or (ii) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not drawn on the Note.
Related Party Loans
The Company’s Sponsor has undertaken to fund working capital deficiencies of the Company and finance transaction costs in connection with an initial Business Combination of the Company by means of Company working capital loans for a period of 12 months beginning February 15, 2022. Such working capital loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,500,000 of notes may be converted upon consummation of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants will be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the working capital loans. As of December 31, 2021, there were no outstanding related party loans.
Related Party Payable
The Sponsor has paid $191,258 directly to vendors on behalf of ST Energy. As of December 31, 2021, this amount remains outstanding and is classified as a related party payable on the Company’s balance sheet.
Administrative Services Agreement
Commencing on the date of the prospectus and until completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination or liquidation, the Company may reimburse affiliates of the Sponsor up to an amount of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative support and personnel services.
NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Registration Rights
The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the working capital loans (and in each case holders of their component securities, as applicable) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering, requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to our Class A shares). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. The registration rights agreement does not contain liquidating damages, penalty provisions, or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities.
Underwriters’ Agreement
The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of 2.00% of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, being $5,750,000 as the over-allotment option was exercised in full. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of three and half percent (3.50%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, being $10,062,500 as the over-allotment option was exercised in full. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.
On December 9, 2021, the underwriters exercised the over-allotment option and purchased 37,500,000. A total of $36,750,000 of the Proceeds, net of $750,000 of underwriting fees, from the sale of the SAILSM securities were placed in the Trust Account. SAILSM securities at a price of $ per SAILSM security, generating gross proceeds of $
F-15
NOTE 7. WARRANT LIABILITY
The Company will account for the 26,437,500 warrants—12,062,500 Private Placement Warrants and the 14,375,000 Public Warrants—which were issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that because the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant must be recorded as a liability. Accordingly, the Company classifies each warrant as a liability at its fair value. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such remeasurement, the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in the Company’s statement of operations.
Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable 30 days after the consummation of a Business Combination. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the consummation of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A shares pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No Public Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Public Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available.
The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement registering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, to cause such registration statement to become effective and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those Class A shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption.
The redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $ . Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Warrants for redemption:
● | in whole and not in part; |
● | at a price of $ per Public Warrant; |
● | upon not less than days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and |
● | if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described) for any trading days within a -trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders. |
The Company will not redeem the warrants as described above unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if the Company is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
F-16
The redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $ . Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Warrants for redemption:
● | in whole and not in part; |
● | at $ per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our Class A shares; |
● | if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $ per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant); and |
● | if the Reference Value is less than $ per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant), the private placement warrants must also concurrently be called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding public warrants, as described above. |
If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may not exercise its redemption right if the issuance of Class A shares upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or the Company is unable to effect such registration or qualification.
The exercise price and number of Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Business Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless. If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.
In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of its initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the Company’s initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of such initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A shares during the -trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. per Class A shares (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than
The Private Placement Warrants will be identical to the Public Warrants included in the SAILSM Securities being sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants will, and the Class A shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not, be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.
F-17
NOTE 8. CLASS A SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION
The Company’s Class A shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of future events. The Company is authorized to issue one vote for each share. As of December 31, 2021, there were Class A shares outstanding which were subject to possible redemption and are classified outside of permanent equity in the balance sheet. shares of Class A shares with a par value of $ per share. Holders of the Company’s Class A shares are entitled to
NOTE 9. SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT
Class A shares — The Company is authorized to issue up to Class A shares, $par value. Holders of the Company’s Class A shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of December 31, 2021, there were Class A shares issued or outstanding, excluding Class A shares subject to possible redemption.
Class B shares — The Company is authorized to issue up to Holders of the Company’s Class B shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of December 31, 2021, there were Class B shares issued and outstanding. Of these, an aggregate of up to Class B shares were subject to forfeiture to the Company by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment was not exercised in full or in part, which gives retroactive effect to the share recapitalization that occurred on November 6, 2021 as described in Notes 5 and 6, and, in addition, the Sponsor has agreed to forfeit alignment shares to the extent necessary in connection with any changes to the terms or size of our offering of SAILSM Securities, in each case so that the number of Founder Shares will equal 5% of the Class A shares offered in the Initial Public Offering. In connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option on December 9, 2021, the 187,500 alignment shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. Class B shares, $ par value.
On June 29, 2021, our sponsor transferred
On the last day of each measurement period, which will occur annually over ten fiscal years following consummation of an initial Business Combination (and, with respect to any measurement period in which there is a change of control or in which the Company liquidates, dissolves or winds up, on the business day immediately prior to such event instead of on the last day of such measurement period), 143,750 Alignment Shares (or, 125,000 Alignment Shares if the over-allotment option is not exercised) will automatically convert, subject to adjustment as described herein, into Class A shares (“Conversion Shares”), as follows:
● | if the sum (such sum, the “Total Return”) of (i) the VWAP, calculated in accordance with “—Volume weighted average price” below, of Class A shares for the final fiscal quarter in such measurement period and (ii) the amount per share of any dividends or distributions paid or payable to holders of our Class A shares, the record date for which is on or prior to the last day of the measurement period, does not exceed the price threshold (as defined below), the number of conversion shares for such measurement period will be 1,437 Class A shares (or 1,250 if the over-allotment option is not exercised); |
● | if the Total Return exceeds the price threshold but does not exceed an amount equal to 130% of the price threshold, then the number of conversion shares for such measurement period will be the greater of (i) 1,437 Class A shares (or 1,250 if the over-allotment option is not exercised) and (ii) 20% of the difference between the Total Return and the price threshold, multiplied by (A) the sum (such sum (as proportionally adjusted to give effect to any share splits, share capitalizations, share combinations, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or any such similar transactions), the “Closing Share Count”) of (x) the number of Class A shares outstanding immediately after the closing of the Initial Public Offering which gives retroactive effect to the share recapitalization which occurred on November 6, 2021 as described in Notes 5, 6 and 9. (including any exercise of the over-allotment option) and (y) if in connection with the initial Business Combination there are issued any Class A shares or equity-linked securities (as defined herein), the number of Class A shares so issued and the maximum number of Class A shares issuable (whether settled in shares or in cash) upon conversion or exercise of such equity-linked securities, divided by (B) the Total Return; and |
F-18
● | if the Total Return exceeds an amount equal to 130% of the price threshold, then the number of conversion shares for such measurement period will be the greater of (i) 1,437 Class A shares (or 1,250 if the over-allotment option is not exercised) and (ii) the sum of (x) 20% of the difference between an amount equal to 130% of the price threshold and the price threshold and (y) 30% of the difference between the Total Return and an amount equal to 130% of the price threshold, multiplied by (A) the Closing Share Count, divided by (B) the Total Return. |
● | The term “measurement period” means (i) the period beginning on the date of our initial Business Combination and ending with, and including, the first fiscal quarter following the end of the fiscal year in which we consummate our initial Business Combination and (ii) each of the nine successive four- fiscal-quarter periods. |
● | The “price threshold” will initially equal $10.00 for the first measurement period and will thereafter be adjusted at the beginning of each subsequent measurement period to be equal to the greater of (i) the price threshold for the immediately preceding measurement period and (ii) the VWAP for the immediately preceding measurement period (in each case, as proportionally adjusted to give effect to any share splits, share capitalizations, share combinations, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or any such similar transactions). |
● | For purposes of the above calculation, “equity-linked securities” means securities (other than the public warrants and the private placement warrants) issued by the company and/or any entities that (after giving effect to completion of the initial Business Combination) are subsidiaries of the company that are directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable for Class A shares, or for a cash settlement value in lieu thereof. |
● | The foregoing calculations will be based on our fiscal year and fiscal quarters, which may change as a result of our initial Business Combination. Each conversion of alignment shares will apply to the holders of alignment shares on a pro rata basis. If, upon conversion of any alignment shares, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A shares to be issued to such holder. |
NOTE 10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
● | Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. |
● | Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active. |
● | Level 3: Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. |
At December 31, 2021, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $291,813,714 in money market funds which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury Securities. During the period ended December 31, 2021, the Company did not withdraw any interest income from the Trust Account.
F-19
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value.
The Company established the initial fair value of the warrants on December 7, 2021, the date of the consummation of the Company’s IPO. The Company allocated the proceeds received from (i) the sale of the SAIL securities to the redeemable Class A Shares and public warrants based on the with or without method by first allocating to the estimated fair value of the public warrants then to the redeemable Class A Shares, and (ii) the sale of the private placement warrants to the estimated fair value of the private placement warrants with the remainder being recorded through additional paid in capital.
The key inputs into the binomial lattice formula model were as follows:
December 31, 2021 |
December 7, 2021 |
|||||||||||||||
Input | Public Warrants |
Private Warrants |
Public Warrants |
Private Warrants |
||||||||||||
Share Price | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Exercise Price | $ | 11.50 | $ | 11.50 | $ | 11.50 | $ | 11.50 | ||||||||
Risk-free rate of interest | 1.28 | % | 1.28 | % | 1.28 | % | 1.28 | % | ||||||||
Volatility | 12.9 | % | 12.9 | % | 13.5 | % | 13.5 | % | ||||||||
Term | 5 years | 5 years | 5 years | 5 years | ||||||||||||
Probability Weighted Fair Value of Warrants | $ | 0.73 | $ | 0.73 | $ | 0.76 | $ | 0.76 |
The Warrants were valued using a binomial lattice model, which is considered to a be Level 3 fair value measurement. The binomial lattice model’s primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Warrants is the expected volatility as of the IPO date was derived from observable warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied from the Company’s own public warrant pricing.
The following table presents a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Public and Private Placement Warrants, Level 3 liabilities, measured on a recurring basis.
Public Warrants |
Private Warrants |
|||||||
Fair Value as of April 9, 2021 | $ | $ | ||||||
Initial Measurement on December 7, 2021 | 10,925,000 | 9,167,500 | ||||||
Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions(1) | (431,250 | ) | (361,875 | ) | ||||
Fair Value as of December 31, 2021 | $ | 10,493,750 | $ | 8,805,625 |
(1) |
Changes in valuation inputs or other assumptions are recognized in change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the Statement of Operations. |
F-20
NOTE 11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than the below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.
On March 25, 2022, pursuant to a promissory note between the Sponsor and the Company signed on February 16, 2022, the Company drew $1,300,000 on the working capital loan with the Sponsor. The working capital loan is non-interest bearing and due on the earlier of the date by which the Company has to complete a Business Combination, and the effective date of a Business Combination.
F-21
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9.A. Controls and Procedures.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act.
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, during the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2021, because of a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The Company did not design and maintain effective internal controls to account for the sale of its additional private placement warrants and accrued expenses as filed in its Form 8-K on December 7, 2021, that in aggregate represent a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The Company, with the oversight of its Audit Committee, is actively undertaking remediation efforts to address the material weakness identified above and is developing measures and controls to prevent a re-occurrence of such a deficiency in the future. The remediation plan will include the following actions:
● | Implement additional monitoring controls and formalize the review process of its financial statement closing procedures including accounting for accrued expenses; and |
● |
Enhance the formality and rigor of review procedures around accounting for warrants including consulting with subject matter experts. |
The Company is committed to maintaining an effective internal control environment, and although it has made progress in this area, additional steps need to be taken, as indicated above, and sufficient time needs to elapse before management can conclude that the newly implemented controls are operating effectively and that the material weakness has been adequately remediated.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Except as noted above, during the most recently completed fiscal year, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9.B. Other Information.
None.
Item 9.C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
45
PART III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Our directors and executive officers are as follows:
Directors and Executive Officers
Name | Age | Title | Period of Service | ||||
John Fredriksen | 77 | Director (Chairman) | Since 2021 | ||||
Gunnar Eliassen | 36 | Chief Executive Officer | Since 2021 | ||||
Jan Erik Klepsland | 36 | Chief Financial Officer | Since 2021 | ||||
Ole-Eirik Lerøy | 62 | Director | Since 2021 | ||||
Cato Stonex | 58 | Director | Since 2021 | ||||
James O’Shaughnessy | 58 | Director | Since 2021 | ||||
Tore Myrholt | 65 | Director | Since 2021 | ||||
Annika Sigfrid | 47 | Director | Since 2021 |
John Fredriksen is chairman of the board of directors of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. He is a Norwegian-born Cypriot businessman who began his career in shipping and energy. Mr. Fredriksen is a director of Golden Ocean Limited and of Frontline. Born in 1944 and with a career spanning over fifty years, Mr. Fredriksen acts as our chairman because of his deep understanding of, and exposure to, energy, shipping and offshore. At present his overall investment portfolio is well diversified with exposure to several sectors including aquaculture, real estate and financial services.
Gunnar Eliassen serves as the chief executive officer of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. He has been part of the Seatankers Group since January 2016 and currently serves as a director of KLX Energy Services, Golden Close Maritime, Seadrill Ltd and NorAm Drilling Company AS. Previously, he was a partner at Pareto Securities in New York and Oslo, and served on the board of Aquadrill LLC (formerly known as Seadrill Partners LLC). Mr. Eliassen holds a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the Norwegian School of Economics.
Jan Erik Klepsland serves as the chief financial officer of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. He has served as Investment Director at Seatankers since 2020, with focus across the broader energy sector and currently serves on the board of directors of Archer Limited. Prior to that, he was a partner at ABG Sundal Collier, and a director at Nordea, focusing on shipping, oil services and restructuring. Mr. Klepsland holds a Master’s degree in Finance from the Norwegian School of Economics.
Ole-Eirik Lerøy is a member of the board of directors of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. He is also the chairman of Mowi ASA and has been a director since 2009. Additionally, he is a managing director at Framar AS, a private investment and consulting firm owned by Mr. Lerøy and his family which provides strategic consultancy services to the seafood and related industries. Mr. Lerøy has extensive experience, having previously served as chairman of the board of the Bergen Chamber of Commerce, member of the board of the International Groundfish Forum, vice chairman of the DNB Supervisory Board, chairman of the Norwegian Seafood Federation and chairman of the Board of the Norwegian Seafood Export Council. Mr. Lerøy was also the chief executive officer of Lerøy Seafood Group ASA for 18 years and was educated at the Norwegian School of Management. Mr. Lerøy was chosen for his extensive experience leading public companies.
Cato Stonex is a member of the board of directors of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. Mr. Stonex has had a long career in fund management, initially with J Rothschild Investment Management. He was a founder partner of institutional equity portfolio firm Taube Hodson Stonex, where he spent 20 years, after which he established Partners Investment Company. He is a founder and director of Obotritia and has been a director of Axiare and Arima since 2016. Mr. Stonex holds a degree from the London School of Economics and Political Science, where he served as a governor and is now an emeritus governor. He has chaired LSE’s Development Committee, and is now an advisor to the Endowment Investment Committee.
46
James O’Shaughnessy is a member of the board of directors of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. Mr. O’Shaughnessy serves as a director at Archer Limited, Frontline Ltd, Golden Ocean Group Limited, and Ship Finance Ltd, and he has served as chairman of the audit committee for each of these companies since Q4, 2018. Mr. O’Shaughnessy also serves as a director and chairman of the Audit Committee for Avance Gas Holding Ltd., Coralisle Group, and Catalina General Insurance, and sits on various board committees including audit, risk and compensation committees. Prior to Q4, 2018, he served as executive vice president, chief accounting officer and corporate controller of Axis Capital Holdings Limited from 2012 to 2019. Prior to that, he served as Group chief financial officer and Bermuda chief financial officer of Flagstone Reinsurance, chief accounting officer and senior vice president of Scottish Re Group, and as chief financial officer and senior vice president of XL Re Ltd. at XL Group plc. Mr. O’Shaughnessy holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from University College Cork, Ireland, is a Chartered Director, and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland and an Associate Member of the Chartered Insurance Institute of the United Kingdom. He was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as an accountant, his understanding of financial reporting, his experience with leading IPOs, as well as his long-term association with Seatankers and affiliates.
Tore Myrholt is a member of the board of directors of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. Mr. Myrholt serves as chairman of the Advisory Board at Seatankers Consultancy Services, chairman of the board of Antler, Trioworld, and Enodden and as a board member of Viking Cruises, OQ, Wrist Ship Supply and Arundo Analytics. Previously, Mr. Myrholt was former chairman McKinsey EMEA at McKinsey & Company and founder and chief executive officer of TM Partnership. Mr. Myrholt obtained an MBA from the Harvard Business School and a degree in International Economics from the Norwegian School of Economics. Mr. Myrholt has served as a director of numerous boards of international companies over the last five years, of which M&A has been a central theme. He was selected to serve on our board because of both that experience as well as his deep experience in the energy sector including renewable energy and digital technology in the B2B space.
Annika Sigfrid is a member of the board of directors of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. Ms. Sigfrid has a broad network of local and international institutions and companies in the Nordics across the financial sector. Previously, Mrs. Sigfrid was global head of equity capital markets at Nordea Bank and has more than 20 years of experience from leading investment banks in London and the Nordics, including ABG Sundal Collier, Carnegie, Merrill Lynch and Handelsbanken. Additionally, Ms. Sigfrid serves as board member of Creaspac AB. Ms. Sigfrid was selected to serve as a director of the Company because of her extensive experience in equity capital markets transactions.
Director Independence
The rules of the NYSE require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our Initial Public Offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person that, in the opinion of the Company’s board of directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the Company). We currently have five “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE rules and applicable SEC rules. Our board has determined that each of Ole-Eirik Lerøy, Cato Stonex, James O’Shaughnessy, Tore Myrholt, and Annika Sigfrid is an independent director under applicable SEC and NYSE rules.
Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.
Number, Terms of Office and Election of Officers and Directors
Our board of directors consists of six members. Prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of our alignment shares have the right to appoint all of our directors and remove members of the board of directors for any reason, and holders of our public shares do not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated bye-laws may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our shares attending and voting in a general meeting. Each of our directors holds office for a two-year term. Subject to any other special rights applicable to the shareholders, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board of directors or by a majority of the holders of our shares (or, prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of our alignment shares).
Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated bye-laws as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that our officers may consist of such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.
47
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee are composed solely of independent directors. Each committee operates under a charter that was approved by our board of directors and has the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website.
Audit Committee
The members of our Audit Committee are James O’Shaughnessy, Cato Stonex and Ole-Eirik Lerøy. James O’Shaughnessy serves as chairman of the audit committee.
Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that James O’Shaughnessy qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.
We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the purpose and principal functions of the audit committee, including:
● | assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; |
● | the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us; |
● | pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures; |
● | reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence; |
● | setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors; |
● | setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; |
● | obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (1) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues; |
● | meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; |
● | reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and |
● | reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. |
48
Compensation Committee
The members of our Compensation Committee are James O’Shaughnessy, Tore Myrholt and Annika Sigfrid. Tore Myrholt serves as chairman of the compensation committee.
We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the purpose and responsibility of the compensation committee, including:
● | reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation; |
● | reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation, and any incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of all of our other officers; |
● | reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans; |
● | implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans; |
● | assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements; |
● | approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees; |
● | producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and |
● | reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors. |
The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NYSE and the SEC.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Ole-Eirik Lerøy, Annika Sigfrid and James O’Shaughnessy. Ole-Eirik Lerøy serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
We have adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the purpose and responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:
● | identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors, consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors, and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for appointment at the annual general meeting or to fill vacancies on the board of directors; |
● | developing and recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines; |
● | coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the Company; and |
● | reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary. |
49
The charter also provides that the nominating and corporate governance committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of, and terminate, any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, and is directly responsible for approving the search firm’s fees and other retention terms.
We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. Prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of our public shares do not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, or the Code of Ethics, applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We have filed a copy of our form of our Code of Ethics as an exhibit to this Annual Report. We have also posted a copy of our Code of Ethics and the charters of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee on our website www.stenergy1.com under Investor Relations—Corporate Governance. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this Annual Report. You will be able to review this document by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s website at www.sec.report. In addition, a copy of our Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us in writing by mail to Par-la-Ville Place, 4th Floor, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, Bermuda HM08, or by telephone at +1 (441) 295-6935. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors and ten percent stockholders are required by regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely on review of the copies of such forms furnished to us, or written representations that no Forms 5 were required, we believe that, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our officers and directors were complied with.
Conflicts of Interest
Under Bermuda law, directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company.
In addition, directors also owe a duty of care. This duty is defined in the Companies Act as a duty to exercise the care, diligence, and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Both a directors’ fiduciary duty and duty of care are owed to the Company itself.
The scope of a directors’ fiduciary duties include a:
● | duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose; |
● | duty to not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion; |
● | duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders and the Company’s other stakeholders; |
● | duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the Company and their personal interests (including deriving personal profits from any such conflict); and |
● | duty to exercise independent judgment. |
As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders; provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated bye-laws or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.
50
All of our officers and certain of our directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to the Sponsor and to certain companies in which the Sponsor has invested or is otherwise affiliated with. These entities may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing such opportunities. None of the members of our management team who are also employed by our sponsor or its affiliates have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential Business Combination of which they become aware, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Bermuda law. Our sponsor and directors and officers are also not prohibited from sponsoring, investing or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies, including in connection with their initial Business Combinations, prior to us completing our initial Business Combination, and any such involvement may result in conflicts of interests as described above. Our management team, in their capacities as directors, officers or employees of our sponsor or its affiliates or in their other endeavors (including other special purpose acquisition companies they are or may become involved with), may choose to present potential Business Combinations to the related entities described above, current or future entities affiliated with or managed by our sponsor, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Bermuda law and any other applicable fiduciary duties.
Our directors and officers presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities (including other special purpose acquisition companies they are or may become involved with) pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor these fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Bermuda law. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Our directors and officers are also not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Management Team and Conflicts of Interest—Certain of our directors and officers are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.”
We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our directors or officers will materially affect our ability to identify and pursue Business Combination opportunities or complete our initial Business Combination. You should not rely on the historical record of our founders’ and management’s performance as indicative of our future performance. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—General Risk Factors—Past performance by our management team and their respective affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.”
Potential investors should also be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:
● | None of our directors or officers is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities. |
● | In the course of their other business activities, our directors and officers may become aware of investment and business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. For a description of our management’s other affiliations, see below “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.—Directors and Officers.” |
51
● | Our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any alignment shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their alignment shares if we fail to consummate our initial Business Combination within 18 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering. However, if our initial shareholders (or any of our directors, officers or affiliates) acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidate distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to consummate our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial Business Combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. Pursuant to a letter agreement that our initial shareholders, directors and officers have entered into with us, with certain limited exceptions, the alignment shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial shareholders until the earlier of: (1) one year after the completion of our initial Business Combination; and (2) subsequent to our initial Business Combination; (x) if the last reported sale price of our Class A shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial Business Combination or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants and the shares underlying such Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial Business Combination. Since our Sponsor and directors and officers may directly or indirectly own shares and Warrants, our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial Business Combination. |
● | Our sponsor has undertaken to fund working capital deficiencies of the Company and finance transaction costs in connection with an initial Business Combination of the Company by means of Company working capital loans. These loans will be non-interest bearing, unsecured and would be due at the earlier of the closing of our initial Business Combination and our liquidation if we have not completed an initial Business Combination with the allotted time period. If we complete our initial Business Combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, such loans may be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that our initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $2,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Warrant at the option of the lender. The Warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants issued to our sponsor. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. |
● | Our directors and officers may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether to proceed with a particular Business Combination. |
● | Our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such directors and officers was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial Business Combination. |
The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.
Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our directors and officers have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our directors and officers currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may pose a conflict of interest with us:
52
Individual | Entity | Entity’s Business | Affiliation | |||
John Fredriksen | Golden Ocean Group Limited | Shipping | Director | |||
Frontline Ltd | Deep Sea Foreign Transportation of Freight | Director | ||||
Gunnar Eliassen | NorAm Drilling Company AS | Drilling Oil & Gas Wells | Director | |||
Jan Erik Klepsland | Archer Limited | Oil and Gas Field Services | Director | |||
Ole-Eirik Lerøy | Framar AS | Investment | Managing director | |||
Brinken 20 Næring AS | Investment | Managing director | ||||
Framar Eiendom AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
Mile Maritim AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
Kirkeveien 50 AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
Fairline Charter AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
Mowi ASA | Seafood | Chairman | ||||
Mile Investering AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
Hjellestadveien 313 AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
Profond AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
Brinken Holding AS | Investment | Director | ||||
New Nomadic Short Sea Shipping AS | Shipping | Director | ||||
Seksjonssameiet Maaseskjæret Inma AS |
Investment | Director | ||||
Nomadic Shipping AS | Shipping | Director | ||||
In Invest AS | Investment | Director | ||||
Vitali Holding AS | Investment | Director | ||||
Cato Stonex | Árima Real Estate SOCIMI, S.A. | Property | Director | |||
Albemarle Ship Investments LLP | Finance | Director | ||||
Axcent Partners LLP | Finance | Director | ||||
Buck’s Club Limited | Club | Director | ||||
Cato Stonex Limited | Investment | Director | ||||
CHS Ventures Limited | Finance | Director | ||||
CS Ventures Limited | Finance | Director | ||||
John Chapman Limited | Consumer Goods | Chairman | ||||
Partners Investment Company (2017) Limited | Finance | Partner | ||||
Partners Investment Company LLP | Finance | Partner | ||||
Petworth Art LLP | Fine Art | Member | ||||
Roundwood Partners LLP | Fine Art | Member | ||||
Sloane Residents LLP | Resident Association | Director | ||||
Taube Hodson Stonex Partners (UK) Limited | Finance | Director | ||||
Taube Hodson Stonex Partners LLP | Finance | Director | ||||
Union Jacques Limited | Hospitality | Director | ||||
Westmorland Spirits Limited | Consumer Goods | Director | ||||
THSP Limited | Finance | Director | ||||
Obotritia Capital KGaA | Finance | Director | ||||
The Latitude Hotels | Hospitality | Director | ||||
Group Ltd |
53
Individual | Entity | Entity’s Business | Affiliation | |||
James O’Shaughnessy | Archer Limited | Oil and Gas Field Services | Director | |||
Frontline Ltd. | Deep Sea Foreign Transportation of Freight | Director | ||||
Golden Ocean Group Limited | Shipping | Director | ||||
SFL Corporation Ltd. | Ship Chartering | Director | ||||
Avance Gas Holding Ltd | Gas Services | Director | ||||
CG Group | Insurance | Director | ||||
Catalina General Insurance | Insurance | Director | ||||
Tore Myrholt | TM Partnership Ltd | Consultancy | Chairman | |||
Enodden AS | Investment | Chairman | ||||
TM Blue Advisory Group LLC | Consultancy | Chairman | ||||
Annika Sigfrid | Ansinva AB | Advisory and Consultancy | Director | |||
Creaspac | SPAC | Director |
Accordingly, if any of the above directors or officers become aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities (or any other entity, including additional special purpose acquisition companies, they become involved with) to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Bermuda law. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to identify and pursue business combination opportunities or complete our initial Business Combination.
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, directors or officers. In the event we seek to complete our initial Business Combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire that such an initial Business Combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.
In addition, our Sponsor or any of its affiliates may make additional investments in the Company in connection with the initial Business Combination, although our sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our sponsor or any of its affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our sponsor’s motivation to complete an initial Business Combination.
In the event that we submit our initial Business Combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote any alignment shares (and their permitted transferees will agree) and public shares held by them in favor of our initial Business Combination.
54
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
Officer and Director Compensation
None of our directors or officers have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of our initial Business Combination and our liquidation, we will pay one or more affiliates of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative support and personnel services. Our sponsor, directors and officers, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, directors, officers or our or any of their respective affiliates. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the company to our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination. On June 29, 2021, our sponsor transferred 10,000 alignment shares to each of John Fredriksen, Ole-Eirik Lerøy, Cato Stonex, James O’Shaughnessy, Tore Myrholt and Annika Sigfrid, our directors.
After the completion of our initial Business Combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All compensation will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed Business Combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers after the completion of our initial Business Combination will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.
We are not party to any agreements with our directors and officers that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, and we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial Business Combination should be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential Business Combination.
55
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.
We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.
The following table sets forth information available to us at March 22, 2022 with respect to our ordinary shares held by:
● | each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares; |
● | each of our directors and officers that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and |
● | all our directors and officers as a group. |
Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the Private Placement Warrants as these are not exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2022.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) | Number of Shares Beneficially Owned | Approximate Percentage of Issued and Outstanding Shares | ||||||
One Fin Capital Management LP(3) | 2,000,000 | 7.0 | % | |||||
Citadel Advisors LLC(4) | 1,850,000 | 6.4 | % | |||||
Adage Capitals Partners, L.P.(5) | 1,750,000 | 6.09 | % | |||||
Calamos Market Neutral Income Fund, a series of Calamos Investment Trust(6) | 1,500,000 | 5.2 | % | |||||
Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd. (our sponsor)(2)(6) | 1,190,000 | 4.53 | % | |||||
John Fredriksen(2)(6) | 10,000 | * | ||||||
Ole-Eirik Lerøy(6) | 10,000 | * | ||||||
Cato Stonex(6) | 10,000 | * | ||||||
James O’Shaughnessy(6) | 10,000 | * | ||||||
Tore Myrholt(6) | 10,000 | * | ||||||
Annika Sigfrid(6) | 10,000 | * | ||||||
Gunnar Eliassen | 0 | * | ||||||
Jan Erik Klepsland | 0 | * | ||||||
All directors and officers as a group (eight individuals)(6) | 60,000 | *% |
* | Less than one percent. |
(1) | Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd., John Fredriksen, Ole-Eirik Lerøy, Cato Stonex, James O’Shaughnessy, Tore Myrholt and Annika Sigfrid is c/o ST Energy Transition I Ltd., Par-la-Ville Place, 4th Floor, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, HM08, Bermuda. |
(2) | Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd., our sponsor, is the record holder of 1,377,500 alignment shares. Oak Trustees (Jersey) Limited is the trustee of a trust established by John Fredriksen for the benefit of his immediate family members. Mr. Fredriksen may be deemed to beneficially own 1,377,500 alignment shares through his indirect influence over Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd., the shares of which are held in the Trust. The trust is the sole shareholder of Transition Energy Holdings Ltd., which is in turn the sole shareholder of Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd., and therefore the trust is the indirect owner of Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd. As such, Oak Trustees (Jersey) Limited may be deemed to beneficially own the alignment shares that are beneficially owned by our Sponsor. Mr. Fredriksen disclaims beneficial ownership of the 1,377,500 alignment shares beneficially owned by Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd. except to the extent of his voting and dispositive interests in such alignment shares. Mr. Fredriksen has no pecuniary interest in the 1,377,500 alignment shares beneficially owned by Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd. |
56
(3) | According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on December 13, 2021, each of One Fin Capital Master Fund LP, One Fin Capital Management LP, One Fin Capital GP LLC and David MacKnight share voting and dispositive power with regard to 2,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for each is One Letterman Drive, Building C, Suite C3-400, San Francisco, CA 94129. |
(4) | According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on December 17, 2021, and amended on February 14, 2022, each of Citadel Advisors LLC, Citadel Advisors Holdings LP and Citadel GP LLC share voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,850,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company, Citadel Securities LLC shares voting and dispositive power with regard to 24,556 Class A ordinary shares of the Company, Citadel Securities Group LP and Citadel Securities GP LLC shares voting and dispositive power with regard to 24,556 Class A ordinary shares of the Company, and Kenneth Griffin shares voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,874,556 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for each is 131 S. Dearborn Street, 32nd Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603. |
(5) | According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on December 17, 2021, each of Adage Capital Partners, L.P., Adage Capital Partners GP, L.L.C., Adage Capital Advisors, L.L.C., Robert Atchinson and Phillip Gross share voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,750,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for each is 200 Clarendon Street, 52nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. |
(5) | According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 8, 2022, Calamos Market Neutral Income Fund, a series of Calamos Investment Trust, has sole voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,500,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for each is 2020 Calamos Court, Naperville, IL 60563. |
(6) | Interests shown consist solely of alignment shares, classified as Class B shares. Such shares will convert into Class A shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in the section entitled “Description of Securities” in the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering. |
Our initial shareholders beneficially own 100% of the issued and outstanding Class B shares and have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial Business Combination as a result of holding all of the alignment shares. Holders of our public shares do not have the right to appoint any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial Business Combination. In addition, because of their ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions.
57
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Founder Shares
On April 9, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,725,000 Class B shares (the “Alignment Shares” or “Founder Shares”) to the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. The number of Alignment Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Alignment Shares would represent 5% of the Class A shares issued in the Initial Public Offering. On November 6, 2021, the Sponsor forfeited 287,500 Class B shares of the Company, resulting in a decrease in the total number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding from 1,725,000 to 1,437,500. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share surrender. Up to 187,500 of the Alignment Shares were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised and, in addition, the initial shareholders have agreed to forfeit alignment shares to the extent necessary in connection with any changes to the terms or size of our offering of SAILSM securities. In connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option on December 9, 2021, the 187,500 alignment shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. The Alignment Shares are entitled to a number of votes representing 20% of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares prior to the completion of the initial Business Combination.
The Initial Shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Alignment Shares and any of their Class A shares deliverable upon conversion of the Alignment Shares for 30 days following the completion of an initial Business Combination. In connection with this arrangement, the Initial Shareholders have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Alignment Shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) 30 days after the completion of our initial Business Combination and (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, capital share exchange or other similar transaction after the initial Business Combination that results in all of its shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; except to certain permitted transferees and under certain circumstances as described in the prospectus. Further, in connection with this arrangement, the Initial Shareholders have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants and any Class A shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination, except to permitted transferees. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the Initial Shareholders with respect to any Alignment Shares and Private Placement Warrants.
Private Placement Warrants
On December 7, 2021, simultaneous with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement of 10,750,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating total proceeds of $10,750,000. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants to the Sponsor was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. $1,312,500 was placed in the trust account as of December 7, 2021, relating to the sale of additional private placement warrants. The remainder of the total proceeds were placed in the trust account on December 9, 2021, when the additional SAILSM securities and private placement warrants were issued.
Each Private Placement Warrant is identical to the warrants offered in the Initial Public Offering, except that there are no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless if we do not consummate a Business Combination within the Business Combination Period.
If we do not complete an Initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Public Offering or during any Business Combination Period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, subject to the requirements of applicable law, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.
Registration Rights
The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the working capital loans (and in each case holders of their component securities, as applicable) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering, requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to our Class A shares). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
58
Related Party Notes
The Company’s Sponsor has undertaken to fund working capital deficiencies of the Company and finance transaction costs in connection with an initial Business Combination of the Company by means of Company working capital loans for a period of 12 months beginning February 15, 2022. Such working capital loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,500,000 of notes may be converted upon consummation of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants will be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the working capital loans. As of December 31, 2021, there were no outstanding related party loans.
Our Sponsor agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $1,300,000 pursuant to a promissory note signed February 16, 2022. This loan is non-interest bearing and is due and payable in full on the earlier of the date by which the Company has to complete a Business Combination, and the effective date of a Business Combination, unless accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default as described therein. The Company drew down on this promissory note in full on March 25, 2022.
Administrative Services Agreement
Commencing on the date of the prospectus and until completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination or liquidation, the Company may reimburse affiliates of the Sponsor up to an amount of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative support and personnel services.
59
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Fees for professional services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm for the last fiscal year include:
For the Year ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Audit Fees(1) | $ | 95,000 | ||
Audit-Related Fees(2) | $ | — | ||
Tax Fees(3) | $ | — | ||
All Other Fees(4) | $ | — | ||
Total | $ | 95,000 |
(1) | Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings. |
(2) | Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. |
(3) | Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice. |
(4) | All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services including permitted due diligence services related potential Business Combination. |
Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors
Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).
60
PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) | The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: Financial Statements: See “Item 8. Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein. |
(b) | Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
* | Filed herewith. |
** | Furnished herewith. |
(1) | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2021. |
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
61
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ST Energy Transition I Ltd. | ||
Date: March 30, 2022 | /s/ James O’Shaughnessy | |
By: | James O’Shaughnessy | |
Director |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Gunnar Eliassen | ||
Name: | Gunnar Eliassen | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 | |
/s/ Jan Erik Klepsland | ||
Name: | Jan Erik Klepsland | |
Title: | Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 | |
/s/ John Fredriksen | ||
Name: | John Fredriksen | |
Title: | Director (Chairman) | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 | |
/s/ Ole-Eirik Lerøoy | ||
Name: | Ole-Eirik Lerøoy | |
Title: | Director | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 | |
/s/ Cato Stonex | ||
Name: | Cato Stonex | |
Title: | Director | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 | |
/s/ James O’Shaughnessy | ||
Name: | James O’Shaughnessy | |
Title: | Director | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 | |
/s/ Tore Myrholt | ||
Name: | Tore Myrholt | |
Title: | Director | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 | |
/s/ Annika Sigfrid | ||
Name: | Annika Sigfrid | |
Title: | Director | |
Date: | March 30, 2022 |
62
Exhibit 4.2
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
The following description of ST Energy Transition I Ltd.'s (the “Company,” “we” or “us”) securities is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s amended and restated bye-laws, which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this exhibit is a part. We encourage you to read the amended and restated bye-laws and the applicable provisions of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended, for additional information.
As of December 31, 2021, ST Energy Transition I Ltd. (“we,” “our,” “us” or the “company”) had the following three classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): its SAILSM securities, each consisting of one Class A share and one-half of one redeemable warrant, (ii) Class A shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and (iii) redeemable warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A share at an exercise price of $11.50. In addition, this Description of Securities also references the company’s Class B shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B shares” or “alignment shares”) which are not registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act but are convertible into Class A shares. The description of the Class B shares is included to assist in the description of the Class A shares. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to our “sponsor” are to Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd. and references to our “initial shareholders” are to our sponsor and our directors, as they held our alignment shares prior to our initial public offering (our “IPO”).
We are a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares and our affairs are governed by our memorandum of association, amended and restated bye-laws, the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended (the “Companies Act”) and the common law of Bermuda. Pursuant to our amended and restated bye-laws, we are authorized to issue 500,000,000 Class A shares, $0.0001 par value each, 50,000,000 Class B shares, $0.0001 par value each, and 5,000,000 undesignated shares, $0.0001 par value each. Because the below is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.
SAILSM securities
Each SAILSM security consists of one Class A share and one-half of one redeemable warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described below. Pursuant to the warrant agreement that governs the warrants (the “warrant agreement”), a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of the company’s Class A shares. This means only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder.
Holders will have the option to continue to hold SAILSM securities or separate their SAILSM securities into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the SAILSM securities into Class A shares and warrants. Additionally, the SAILSM securities will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the SAILSM securities and only whole warrants will trade.
The SAILSM securities will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.
Shares
Class A shareholders and Class B shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and vote together as a single class, except as required by law; provided, that, prior to our initial business combination, holders of our Class B shares have the right to appoint all of our directors and remove members of the board of directors for any reason, and holders of our Class A shares are not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated bye-laws may only be amended by a resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our shares attending and voting in a general meeting. Unless specified in the Companies Act, our amended and restated bye-laws or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our shares that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our shareholders (other than the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination), and, prior to our initial business combination, the affirmative vote of a majority of our alignment shares is required to approve the appointment or removal of directors. Approval of certain actions will require a resolution under Bermuda law and pursuant to our amended and restated bye-laws, such actions include amending our amended and restated bye-laws and approving a statutory merger or amalgamation with another company. Directors are appointed for a term of two years. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the alignment shares voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors prior to our initial business combination. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Prior to our initial business combination, the Class A shares have a preferential right ranking ahead of the Class B shares to receive distributions from the trust account on a liquidation, winding up, or other return of capital.
Because our memorandum of association and amended and restated bye-laws authorize the issuance of up to 500,000,000 Class A shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A shares which we are authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination.
In accordance with corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or general meetings to appoint directors. We may not hold an annual general meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.
We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial owner must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our initial shareholders, directors and officers have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any alignment shares and public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination or certain amendments to our amended and restated bye-laws. Permitted transferees of our initial shareholders, directors or officers will be subject to the same obligations.
If a shareholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated bye-laws, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated bye-laws require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we receive an ordinary resolution under Bermuda law, which requires approval by a majority of the votes attached to shares voted at a general meeting of the company where a quorum of at least two persons present in person or by proxy representing at least 50% of the issued and outstanding shares (or class thereof) entitled to vote at such general meeting are present at the time such general meeting proceeds to business (unless applicable Bermuda law requires a higher approval threshold). However, the participation of our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions, if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our issued and outstanding shares, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated bye-laws provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our IPO, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete the business combination. As a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.
2
If we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our initial shareholders have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their alignment shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. Our directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, imposing similar obligations on them with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares without voting and, if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.
Pursuant to our amended and restated bye-laws, if we have not completed our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of our IPO, we will (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate, wind up and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Bermuda law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our initial shareholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their alignment shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of our IPO. However, if our initial shareholders, directors acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time period.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders at such time will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the shares, except that we will provide our shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein.
Alignment shares
The alignment shares are designated as Class B shares and are different from Class A shares included in the SAILSM securities sold in our IPO in several important ways, including that: (i) only holders of the alignment shares have the right to vote on the election of directors prior to our initial business combination, (ii) the alignment shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, (iii) our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (A) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any alignment shares and public shares they hold in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (B) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any alignment shares and public shares they hold in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated bye-laws to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of our IPO or with respect to other specified provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (C) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any alignment shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of our IPO, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within such time period. If we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree) to vote their alignment shares and any public shares purchased during or after our IPO in favor of our initial business combination; and (iv) on the last day of each measurement period, which will occur annually over ten fiscal years following consummation of our initial business combination (and, with respect to any measurement period in which we have a change of control or in which we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, on the business day immediately prior to such event instead of on the last day of such measurement period), 143,750 of Class B shares will automatically convert into Class A shares based upon the Total Return of our outstanding equity capital as of the relevant measurement date above the Price Threshold.
3
The alignment shares are entitled to a number of votes representing 20% of voting power prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Following completion of our initial business combination, the alignment shares will be entitled to one vote per share.
For so long as any alignment shares remain outstanding, we may not, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the alignment shares then outstanding take certain actions such as to (i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of our amended and restated bye-laws, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if such amendment, alteration or repeal would alter or change the powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other or special rights of the Class B shares, (ii) change our fiscal year, (iii) increase the number of directors on the Board, (iv) pay any dividends or other distributions or effect any split on any of our capital stock, (v) adopt any shareholder rights plan, (vi) acquire any entity or business with assets at a purchase price greater than 10% or more of our total assets measured in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or the accounting standards then used by us in the preparation of our financial statements, (vii) issue any Class A shares in excess of 5% of the number of our Class A shares outstanding upon the consummation of our IPO or that would otherwise require a shareholder vote pursuant to the rules of the stock exchange on which the Class A shares are then listed or (viii) issue any Class B shares. As a result, the holders of the alignment shares may be able to prevent us from taking such actions that some public shareholders may believe are in our interest. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the holders of alignment shares may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding Class B shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all alignment shares were present and voted.
For purposes of this section, “distribution” means any payment of dividends, cash, other consideration or distribution of equity securities of the company or any of its affiliates to holders of our shares, whether by means of a spin-off, split-off, redemption, reclassification, exchange, stock split, stock dividend, share distribution, rights offering or similar transaction. The fair market value of any distribution, other than cash, shall be determined in accordance with our amended and restated bye-laws.
The alignment shares create an incentive structure that we believe aligns the interests of all stakeholders and will reward sustained, long-term performance. We believe that this structure is more consistent with our sponsor’s long-term investment approach and different from the incentives for sponsors in most other special purpose acquisition companies. This long-term incentive structure for our sponsor and management team is reflected in the terms of the 1,437,500 alignment shares issued to our sponsor and directors.
Alignment shares conversion
On the last day of each measurement period, which will occur annually over ten fiscal years following consummation of our initial business combination (and, with respect to any measurement period in which we have a change of control or in which we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, on the business day immediately prior to such event instead of on the last day of such measurement period), 143,750 alignment shares will automatically convert, subject to adjustment as described herein, into our Class A shares, or conversion shares, as follows:
● | if the sum of (i) the VWAP, calculated in accordance with “—Volume weighted average price” below, of Class A shares for the final fiscal quarter in such measurement period and (ii) the amount per share of any dividends or distributions paid or payable to holders of our Class A shares, the record date for which is on or prior to the last day of the measurement period, or the Total Return, does not exceed the Price Threshold, the number of conversion shares for such measurement period will be 1,437 Class A shares; |
● | if the Total Return exceeds the Price Threshold but does not exceed an amount equal to 130% of the Price Threshold, then the number of conversion shares for such measurement period will be the greater of (i) 1,437 Class A shares and (ii) 20% of the difference between the Total Return and the Price Threshold, multiplied by (A) the sum (such sum (as proportionally adjusted to give effect to any stock splits, stock capitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or any such similar transactions), the “Closing Share Count”) of (x) the number of Class A shares outstanding immediately after the closing of our IPO (including any exercise of the over-allotment option) and (y) if in connection with the initial business combination there are issued any Class A shares or equity-linked securities, the number of Class A shares so issued and the maximum number of Class A shares issuable (whether settled in shares or in cash) upon conversion or exercise of such equity-linked securities, divided by (B) the Total Return; and |
4
● | if the Total Return exceeds an amount equal to 130% of the Price Threshold, then the number of conversion shares for such measurement period will be the greater of (i) 1,437 Class A shares and (ii) the sum of (x) 20% of the difference between an amount equal to 130% of the Price Threshold and the Price Threshold and (y) 30% of the difference between the Total Return and an amount equal to 130% of the Price Threshold, multiplied by (A) the Closing Share Count, divided by (B) the Total Return. |
● | The term “measurement period” means (i) the period beginning on the date of our initial business combination and ending with, and including, the first fiscal quarter following the end of the fiscal year in which we consummate our initial business combination and (ii) each of the nine successive four-fiscal-quarter periods. |
● | The “Price Threshold” will initially equal $10.00 for the first measurement period and will thereafter be adjusted at the beginning of each subsequent measurement period to be equal to the greater of (i) the Price Threshold for the immediately preceding measurement period and (ii) the VWAP for the immediately preceding measurement period (in each case, as proportionally adjusted to give effect to any stock splits, stock capitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or any such similar transactions). |
● | For purposes of the above calculation, “equity-linked securities” means securities (other than the public warrants and the private placement warrants) issued by the company and/or any entities that (after giving effect to completion of the initial business combination) are subsidiaries of the company that are directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable for Class A shares, or for a cash settlement value in lieu thereof. |
● | The foregoing calculations will be based on our fiscal year and fiscal quarters, which may change as a result of our initial business combination. Each conversion of alignment shares will apply to the holders of alignment shares on a pro rata basis. If, upon conversion of any alignment shares, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A shares to be issued to such holder. |
We include the following hypothetical scenarios solely for the purpose of illustrating the number of Class A shares that would be issued upon conversion of the alignment shares during one measurement period, assuming the Closing Share Count is 50,000,000 (putatively comprised of 25,000,000 Class A shares included as part of the SAILSM securities in our IPO and an additional 25,000,000 Class A shares issued subsequent to our IPO), assuming the VWAP is $9.00 for the first fiscal quarter following the first fiscal year during which we consummate our initial business combination and assuming that no dividends or distributions have been paid or are payable on Class A shares during the initial measurement period, then the Total Return would be $9.00 per share and the 125,000 alignment shares would convert into 1,250 Class A shares following the close of the initial measurement period.
In contrast, assuming the VWAP is $11.00 for the first fiscal quarter following the first fiscal year during which we consummate our initial business combination (rather than $9.00) and dividends and distributions equal to $1.00 per Class A share were paid or payable during the initial measurement period (rather than no dividends or distributions), the Total Return would be $12.00, which exceeds the initial $10.00 Price Threshold, but is less than 130% of the initial $10.00 Price Threshold. The conversion value would be calculated as 20% of the $2.00 per share appreciation above $10.00, or $0.40 per share, multiplied by 50,000,000 Class A shares or $20,000,000. This conversion value would then be divided by the Total Return of $12.00, which yields 1,666,666 Class A shares. Thus, the 125,000 alignment shares would convert into 1,666,666 Class A shares following the close of the initial measurement period.
Continuing with the example above, at the end of the second measurement period, assuming the Total Return is $11.00, the 125,000 alignment shares at year end would convert into only 1,250 Class A shares because the Total Return for the second measurement period of $11.00 is less than the Price Threshold of $12.00. If the Total Return for the second measurement period was instead $16.00, then the 125,000 alignment shares would convert into 2,625,000 Class A shares. The Total Return of $16.00 would exceed the Price Threshold of $12.00 by $4.00, or a 33.3% increase. The conversion value would be calculated as the sum of (i) 20% of $3.60 (the excess over $12.00 of a price equal to 130% of $12.00), or $0.72, and (ii) 30% of $0.40 (the difference between the Total Return and 130% of $12.00), or $0.12, multiplied by 50,000,000 Class A shares or $42,000,000. Such amount would then be divided by the Total Return of $16.00, which yields 2,625,000 Class A shares.
The tables below provide an illustration of the number of conversion shares each tranche of alignment shares shall convert into based on the Price Threshold and Total Return for a given measurement period, based on a Closing Share Count of 50,000,000 Class A shares:
5
Annual Conversion Shares
Total Return ($) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Price Threshold ($) | $8.00 | $9.00 | $10.00 | $11.00 | $12.00 | $13.00 | $14.00 | $15.00 | $16.00 | $17.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$10.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 909,090 | 1,666,666 | 2,307,692 | 3,214,285 | 4,000,000 | 4,687,500 | 5,294,117 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$10.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 454,545 | 1,250,000 | 1,923,076 | 2,625,000 | 3,450,000 | 4,171,875 | 4,808,823 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$11.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 833,333 | 1,538,461 | 2,142,857 | 2,900,000 | 3,656,250 | 4,323,529 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$11.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 416,666 | 1,153,846 | 1,785,714 | 2,350,000 | 3,140,625 | 3,838,235 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$12.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 769,230 | 1,428,571 | 2,000,000 | 2,625,000 | 3,352,941 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$12.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 384,615 | 1,071,428 | 1,666,666 | 2,187,500 | 2,867,647 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$13.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 714,285 | 1,333,333 | 1,875,000 | 2,382,352 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$13.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 357,142 | 1,000,000 | 1,562,500 | 2,058,823 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$14.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 666,666 | 1,250,000 | 1,764,705 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$14.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 333,333 | 937,500 | 1,470,588 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$15.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 625,000 | 1,176,470 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$15.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 312,500 | 882,352 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$16.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 588,235 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$16.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 294,117 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$17.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$17.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$18.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$18.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$19.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$19.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$20.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 |
Total Return ($) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Price Threshold ($) | $18.00 | $19.00 | $20.00 | $21.00 | $22.00 | $23.00 | ||||||||||||||||||
$10.00 | 5,833,333 | 6,315,789 | 6,750,000 | 7,142,857 | 7,500,000 | 7,826,086 | ||||||||||||||||||
$10.50 | 5,375,000 | 5,881,578 | 6,337,500 | 6,750,000 | 7,125,000 | 7,467,391 | ||||||||||||||||||
$11.00 | 4,916,666 | 5,447,368 | 5,925,000 | 6,357,142 | 6,750,000 | 7,108,695 | ||||||||||||||||||
$11.50 | 4,458,333 | 5,013,157 | 5,512,500 | 5,964,285 | 6,375,000 | 6,750,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
$12.00 | 4,000,000 | 4,578,947 | 5,100,000 | 5,571,428 | 6,000,000 | 6,391,304 | ||||||||||||||||||
$12.50 | 3,541,666 | 4,144,736 | 4,687,500 | 5,178,571 | 5,625,000 | 6,032,608 | ||||||||||||||||||
$13.00 | 3,083,333 | 3,710,526 | 4,275,000 | 4,785,714 | 5,250,000 | 5,673,913 | ||||||||||||||||||
$13.50 | 2,625,000 | 3,276,315 | 3,862,500 | 4,392,857 | 4,875,000 | 5,315,217 | ||||||||||||||||||
$14.00 | 2,222,222 | 2,842,105 | 3,450,000 | 4,000,000 | 4,500,000 | 4,956,521 |
Total Return ($) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Price Threshold ($) | $18.00 | $19.00 | $20.00 | $21.00 | $22.00 | $23.00 | ||||||||||||||||||
$14.50 | 1,944,444 | 2,407,894 | 3,037,500 | 3,607,142 | 4,125,000 | 4,597,826 | ||||||||||||||||||
$15.00 | 1,666,666 | 2,105,263 | 2,625,000 | 3,214,285 | 3,750,000 | 4,239,130 | ||||||||||||||||||
$15.50 | 1,388,888 | 1,842,105 | 2,250,000 | 2,821,428 | 3,375,000 | 3,880,434 | ||||||||||||||||||
$16.00 | 1,111,111 | 1,578,947 | 2,000,000 | 2,428,571 | 3,000,000 | 3,521,739 | ||||||||||||||||||
$16.50 | 833,333 | 1,315,789 | 1,750,000 | 2,142,857 | 2,625,000 | 3,163,043 | ||||||||||||||||||
$17.00 | 555,555 | 1,052,631 | 1,500,000 | 1,904,761 | 2,272,727 | 2,804,347 | ||||||||||||||||||
$17.50 | 277,777 | 789,473 | 1,250,000 | 1,666,666 | 2,045,454 | 2,445,652 | ||||||||||||||||||
$18.00 | 1,250 | 526,315 | 1,000,000 | 1,428,571 | 1,818,181 | 2,173,913 | ||||||||||||||||||
$18.50 | 1,250 | 263,157 | 750,000 | 1,190,476 | 1,590,909 | 1,956,521 | ||||||||||||||||||
$19.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 500,000 | 952,380 | 1,363,636 | 1,739,130 | ||||||||||||||||||
$19.50 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 250,000 | 714,285 | 1,136,363 | 1,521,739 | ||||||||||||||||||
$20.00 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 1,250 | 476,190 | 909,090 | 1,304,347 |
* | Assumes no dividends paid, such that the Total Return equals the volume weighted average price of Class A shares for the last fiscal quarter of the fiscal year, or the VWAP. |
6
We believe our stakeholder-aligned carried interest structure gives us a competitive advantage in our ability to attract and negotiate a favorable transaction with a high-quality business. We believe that this competitive advantage arises from two key factors. First, our alignment shares will only provide our sponsor, officers and directors with significant value if our Class A shares, following our initial business combination, experiences price appreciation, which we believe aligns our interests with the interests of both our public shareholders and continuing shareholders of any targets we may seek to acquire. Second, unlike founder shares in a typical SPAC, which can create significant shareholder dilution immediately upon an initial business combination, the alignment shares will convert into our Class A shares over a ten-year period, consistent with our long-term investment horizon. The structure incentivizes our sponsor, directors and officers to invest in a business where the Company expects to have a strategic partnership and ties their economic interests to the long-term performance of the acquired company, not to short-term returns. Importantly, unlike most SPACs, our sponsor will receive a financial benefit that is directly coupled to the value that is created for the investors.
We include the following hypothetical scenarios solely for the purpose of illustrating the cumulative number of Class A shares that would be issued upon conversion of the alignment shares as a percentage of the total outstanding Class A shares given the assumptions set forth in the illustrations.
Assuming throughout the ten-year conversion period there are 200,000,000 total Class A shares outstanding (25,000,000 Class A shares included as part of the SAILSM securities in our IPO, an additional 25,000,000 Class A shares issued subsequent to our IPO and in connection with the initial business combination and 150,000,000 Class A shares issued to the sellers in the initial business combination) on each of the relevant measurement dates:
i. if the Total Return for each of the relevant measurement periods equates to 5.0% appreciation in the value of our Class A shares, compounded annually, then upon the measurement date occurring in the fifth and the tenth years following the initial business combination, assuming the sponsor, officers and directors have not previously sold any Class A shares, the sponsor, officers and directors’ percentage of the total of Class A shares would equal 1.2% and 2.3%, respectively; and
ii. if the Total Return for each of the relevant measurement periods equates to a 10.0% appreciation in the value of our Class A shares, compounded annually, then upon the measurement date occurring in the fifth and the tenth years following the initial business combination, assuming the sponsor, officers and directors have not previously sold any Class A shares, the sponsor officers and directors’ percentage of the total of our Class A shares would equal 2.2% and 4.3%, respectively.
In a typical SPAC structure, the founder shares would convert into 20.0% of the Class A shares issued in the initial public offering upon the consummation of the initial business combination. For comparison purposes to the scenarios above only, assuming the same 200,000,000 total Class A shares outstanding, the founder shares of a typical SPAC would equate to 3.1% of the total of the Class A shares. These Class A shares would be immediately issued to the initial shareholders upon the consummation of the initial business combination, such shares would typically only be subject to a one year lock-up, and their number would hold no relationship to changes in the value of the equity of the post-initial business combination entity. In other words in a typical SPAC, the sponsor can generate a significant return, even if the return to shareholders after the initial business combination remains flat or even is negative. The outstanding Class A shares share count, stock price appreciation and other assumptions in the foregoing illustrative scenarios are hypothetical and presented for illustrative purposes only, and the actual share count, stock price performance and other factors post-initial business combination may be significantly different.
The conversion shares will be deliverable no later than the tenth day following the last day of each applicable measurement period. The conversion shares will be delivered no later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of issuance. We are required to publicly announce the number of conversion shares to be issued no less than two business days prior to issuance.
Volume weighted average price
“VWAP” per Class A shares on any trading day means the per share volume weighted average price as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg (or, if Bloomberg ceases to publish such price, any successor service reasonably chosen by the company) page “VAP” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the open of trading on the relevant trading day until the close of trading on such trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market price of one Class A share on such trading day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by an independent financial advisor retained for such purpose by the company). “VWAP” for a period of multiple trading days means the volume-weighted average of the respective VWAPs for the trading days in such period.
7
Change of control
Upon a change of control occurring after our initial business combination (but not in connection with our initial business combination), for the measurement period in which the change of control transaction occurs, the 143,750 alignment shares will automatically convert into conversion shares (on the business day immediately prior to such event), as follows:
● | if, prior to the date of such change of control the alignment shares have already cumulatively converted into a number of Class A shares equal in the aggregate to at least 5% of the Closing Share Count, or the 5% Threshold Amount, the number of conversion shares will equal the greater of (i) 1,437 Class A shares and (ii) the number of Class A shares that would be issuable based on the excess of the Total Return above the Price Threshold as described above with such Total Return calculated based on the purchase price or deemed value agreed upon in the change of control transaction rather than the VWAP for the final fiscal quarter in the relevant measurement period; |
● | if, prior to the date of the change of control the alignment shares have not already cumulatively converted into a number of Class A shares equal in the aggregate to at least the 5% Threshold Amount, the number of conversion shares will equal the greater of (i) the 5% Threshold Amount less Class A shares previously issued upon conversion of alignment shares and (ii) the number of shares that would be issuable based on the excess of the Total Return above the Price Threshold described above with the Total Return calculated based on the purchase price or deemed value agreed upon in the change of control transaction rather than the VWAP for the final fiscal quarter in the relevant measurement period; and |
● | to the extent any remaining tranches of 143,750 alignment shares remain outstanding, each remaining tranche of 143,750 alignment shares will automatically convert into 1,437 of our Class A shares. |
A change of control is the occurrence of any one of the following after the consummation our initial business combination (but not in connection with our initial business combination) if any of the following occurs: (a) a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than us, our wholly owned subsidiaries and our and their respective employee benefit plans, (A) has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of our shares and (B) has filed a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that an event described in clause (A) has occurred; provided, however, that a “person” or “group” will not be deemed a beneficial owner of, or to own beneficially, any securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such “person” or “group” or any of their affiliates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange thereunder; (b) the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of our shares (other than a change from no par value to par value, a change in par value or a change from par value to no par value, or changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) as a result of which all of our shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, or other property or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation, merger or amalgamation of us pursuant to which all of the Class A shares will be converted into cash, securities or other property or assets (including any combination thereof); or (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of our or our consolidated assets, taken as a whole, to any person or entity (other than one of our wholly owned subsidiaries, and other than a pledge or hypothecation of assets (but not foreclosure in respect thereof)); provided, however, that a transaction described in clauses (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes of our common equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of the common equity of the continuing or surviving entity immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction will not be deemed to be a change of control pursuant to this clause (b); (c) our shareholders approve any plan or proposal for our liquidation or dissolution (other than a liquidation or dissolution that will occur contemporaneously with a transaction described in clause (b)(B) above); or (d) our Class A shares ceases to be listed or quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors); provided, however, that a transaction or transactions described in clauses (a) or (b) above will not constitute a change of control, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by the holders of our shares, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions, consists of shares that are listed or quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions, and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes the equity interests into which the alignment shares convert.
8
For so long as any alignment shares remain outstanding, we may not, without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the alignment shares then outstanding, voting separately as a single class, (i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of our amended and restated bye-laws, whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, if such amendment, alteration or repeal would alter or change the powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other or special rights of our Class B shares, (ii) change our fiscal year, (iii) increase the number of directors on the Board, (iv) pay any dividends or effect any split on any of our capital stock, (v) adopt any shareholder rights plan, (vi) acquire any entity or business with assets at a purchase price greater than 10% or more of our total assets measured in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or the accounting standards then used by us in the preparation of our financial statements or (vii) issue any Class A shares in excess of 5% of our then outstanding Class B shares or that would otherwise require a shareholder vote pursuant to the rules of the stock exchange on which the Class A shares are then listed. As a result, the holders of the alignment shares may be able to prevent us from taking such actions that the Board believes is in our interest. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the holders of alignment shares may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding Class B shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all alignment shares were present and voted.
Register of Members
Under Bermuda law, we must keep a register of members and there shall be entered therein:
● | the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member and the voting rights of the shares of each member; |
● | the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and |
● | the date on which any person ceased to be a member. |
Under Bermuda law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members shall be deemed as a matter of Bermuda law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of our IPO, the register of members was updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members was updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members shall be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Bermuda court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, such Bermuda court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Bermuda court. Our Register of Members will be kept in Bermuda at our registered office.
Lockup of our Sponsor, Directors and Officers
Alignment shares and Class A shares delivered upon conversion thereof
Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell (i) any of their alignment shares except to any permitted transferees and (ii) any of their Class A shares deliverable upon conversion of the alignment shares for 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. We refer to such transfer restrictions as the lock-up.
9
Redeemable Warrants
Public Shareholders’ Warrants
Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except as described below. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A shares. This means only a whole warrant may be exercised at a given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the SAILSM securities and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least two SAILSM securities, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. The warrants will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
We are not be obligated to deliver any Class A shares pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and we have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available, including in connection with a cashless exercise permitted as a result of a notice of redemption described below under “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $10.00.” No warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption is available. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a SAILSM security containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the SAILSM security solely for the Class A share underlying such unit.
We have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which the prospectus related our IPO forms a part or a new registration statement covering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If any such registration statement has not been declared effective by the 60th business day following the closing of the initial business combination, holders of the warrants will have the right, during the period beginning on the 61st business day after the closing of the initial business combination and ending upon such registration statement being declared effective by the SEC, and during any other period when the company fails to have maintained an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, to exercise such warrants on a “cashless basis.” Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A shares are, at the time of any exercise of a warrant, not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.
Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In the case of a cashless exercise, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of Class A shares equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the fair market value (defined below) less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361 Class A shares per warrant. The fair market value as used in the preceding sentence shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Class A shares for the ten trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.
10
Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants):
● | in whole and not in part; |
● | at a price of $0.01 per warrant; |
● | upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and |
● | if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (which we refer to as the Reference Value) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments”). |
We will not redeem the warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A shares may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments”) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants:
● | in whole and not in part; |
● | at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our Class A shares except as otherwise described below; |
● | if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments”); and |
● | if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments”), the private placement warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding public warrants, as described above. |
During the period beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given, holders may elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of Class A shares that a warrant holder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of our Class A shares on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on volume weighted average price of our Class A shares during the ten trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide our warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the 10-trading day period described above ends.
Pursuant to the warrant agreement, references above to Class A shares shall include a security other than Class A shares into which the Class A shares have been converted or exchanged for in the event we are not the surviving company in our initial business combination. The numbers in the table below will not be adjusted when determining the number of Class A shares to be issued upon exercise of the warrants if we are not the surviving entity following our initial business combination.
11
The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant or the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted as set forth under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted, (a) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the fifth paragraph under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted share price multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price as set forth under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” and the denominator of which is $10.00 and (b) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the second paragraph under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted share price less the decrease in the exercise price of a warrant pursuant to such exercise price adjustment.
Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants) |
Fair Market Value of Class A Shares | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<10.00 | 11.00 | 12.00 | 13.00 | 14.00 | 15.00 | 16.00 | 17.00 | >18.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
60 months | 0.261 | 0.281 | 0.297 | 0.311 | 0.324 | 0.337 | 0.348 | 0.358 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
57 months | 0.257 | 0.277 | 0.294 | 0.310 | 0.324 | 0.337 | 0.348 | 0.358 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
54 months | 0.252 | 0.272 | 0.291 | 0.307 | 0.322 | 0.335 | 0.347 | 0.357 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
51 months | 0.246 | 0.268 | 0.287 | 0.304 | 0.320 | 0.333 | 0.346 | 0.357 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
48 months | 0.241 | 0.263 | 0.283 | 0.301 | 0.317 | 0.332 | 0.344 | 0.356 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
45 months | 0.235 | 0.258 | 0.279 | 0.298 | 0.315 | 0.330 | 0.343 | 0.356 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
42 months | 0.228 | 0.252 | 0.274 | 0.294 | 0.312 | 0.328 | 0.342 | 0.355 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
39 months | 0.221 | 0.246 | 0.269 | 0.290 | 0.309 | 0.325 | 0.340 | 0.354 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
36 months | 0.213 | 0.239 | 0.263 | 0.285 | 0.305 | 0.323 | 0.339 | 0.353 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
33 months | 0.205 | 0.232 | 0.257 | 0.280 | 0.301 | 0.320 | 0.337 | 0.352 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
30 months | 0.196 | 0.224 | 0.250 | 0.274 | 0.297 | 0.316 | 0.335 | 0.351 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 months | 0.185 | 0.214 | 0.242 | 0.268 | 0.291 | 0.313 | 0.332 | 0.350 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 months | 0.173 | 0.204 | 0.233 | 0.260 | 0.285 | 0.308 | 0.329 | 0.348 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 months | 0.161 | 0.193 | 0.223 | 0.252 | 0.279 | 0.304 | 0.326 | 0.347 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 months | 0.146 | 0.179 | 0.211 | 0.242 | 0.271 | 0.298 | 0.322 | 0.345 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 months | 0.130 | 0.164 | 0.197 | 0.230 | 0.262 | 0.291 | 0.317 | 0.342 | 0.361 |
Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants) |
Fair Market Value of Class A Shares | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<10.00 | 11.00 | 12.00 | 13.00 | 14.00 | 15.00 | 16.00 | 17.00 | >18.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 months | 0.111 | 0.146 | 0.181 | 0.216 | 0.250 | 0.282 | 0.312 | 0.339 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 months | 0.090 | 0.125 | 0.162 | 0.199 | 0.237 | 0.272 | 0.305 | 0.336 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 months | 0.065 | 0.099 | 0.137 | 0.178 | 0.219 | 0.259 | 0.296 | 0.331 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 months | 0.034 | 0.065 | 0.104 | 0.150 | 0.197 | 0.243 | 0.286 | 0.326 | 0.361 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0 months | — | — | 0.042 | 0.115 | 0.179 | 0.233 | 0.281 | 0.323 | 0.361 |
The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Class A shares to be issued for each warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of our Class A shares during the ten trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 Class A shares for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of our Class A shares during the ten trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 Class A shares for each whole warrant. In no event will the warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Class A shares per warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any Class A shares.
12
This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in many other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the Class A shares exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding warrants to be redeemed when the Class A shares are trading at or above $10.00 per share, which may be at a time when the trading price of our Class A shares is below the exercise price of the warrants. We have established this redemption feature to provide us with the flexibility to redeem the warrants without the warrants having to reach the $18.00 per share threshold set forth above under “—Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $18.00.” Holders choosing to exercise their warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares for their warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of the date of the prospectus related to our IPO. This redemption right provides us with an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding warrants, and therefore have certainty as to our capital structure as the warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed. We will be required to pay the applicable redemption price to warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so. As such, we would redeem the warrants in this manner when we believe it is in our best interest to update our capital structure to remove the warrants and pay the redemption price to the warrant holders.
As stated above, we can redeem the warrants when the Class A shares are trading at a price starting at $10.00, which is below the exercise price of $11.50, because it will provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing warrant holders with the opportunity to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of shares. If we choose to redeem the warrants when the Class A shares are trading at a price below the exercise price of the warrants, this could result in the warrant holders receiving fewer Class A shares than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their warrants for Class A shares if and when such Class A shares were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $11.50.
No fractional Class A shares will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A shares to be issued to the holder. If, at the time of redemption, the warrants are exercisable for a security other than the Class A shares pursuant to the warrant agreement (for instance, if we are not the surviving company in our initial business combination), the warrants may be exercised for such security. At such time as the warrants become exercisable for a security other than the Class A shares, the Company (or surviving company) will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register under the Securities Act the security issuable upon the exercise of the warrants.
Cashless exercise. If we call the warrants for redemption as described above under “—Redemption of warrants for cash,” management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our shareholders of issuing the maximum number of Class A shares issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of Class A shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of Class A shares to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants after our initial business combination. If we call our warrants for redemption and our management does not take advantage of this option, our sponsor and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their private placement warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrant holders would have been required to use had all warrant holders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.
Redemption procedures. A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the Class A shares issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
13
Anti-dilution Adjustments. If the number of issued and outstanding Class A shares is increased by a capitalization or share dividend payable in Class A shares, or by a split-up of Class A shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such capitalization or share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Class A shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the issued and outstanding Class A shares. A rights offering to holders of Class A shares entitling holders to purchase Class A shares at a price less than the historical fair market value (as defined below) will be deemed a share dividend of a number of Class A shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Class A shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A shares) and (2) one minus the quotient of (x) the price per Class A share paid in such rights offering and (y) the historical fair market value. For these purposes, (1) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A shares, in determining the price payable for Class A shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (2) “historical fair market value” means the volume weighted average price of Class A shares during the 10 trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Class A shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay to all or substantially all of the holders of Class A shares a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A shares on account of such Class A shares (or other securities into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the Class A shares during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50 per share, (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A shares in connection with a proposed initial business combination, (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A shares in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated bye-laws (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of our IPO or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, or (e) in connection with the redemption of our public shares upon our failure to complete our initial business combination, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each Class A share in respect of such event.
If the number of issued and outstanding Class A shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share sub-division or reclassification of Class A shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share sub-division, reclassification or similar event, the number of Class A shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in issued and outstanding Class A shares.
Whenever the number of Class A shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Class A shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Class A shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.
In addition, if (x) we issue additional shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to our sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any alignment shares held by our sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance), or the Newly Issued Price, (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the completion of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of our Class A shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which we consummate our initial business combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above under “—Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $18.00” and “— Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described above under “—Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A share equals or exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.
14
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding Class A shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Class A shares), or in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our issued and outstanding Class A shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of our Class A shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares, stock or other equity securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. However, if such holders were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such merger or consolidation, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by such holders in such merger or consolidation that affirmatively make such election, and if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders (other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by the company in connection with redemption rights held by shareholders of the company as provided for in the company’s amended and restated bye-laws or as a result of the redemption of Class A shares by the company if a proposed initial business combination is presented to the shareholders of the company for approval) under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the issued and outstanding Class A shares, the holder of a warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such warrant holder had exercised the warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Class A shares held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustment (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the warrant agreement. Additionally, if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within 30 days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the per share consideration minus binomial lattice Warrant Value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant.
The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants. The warrant agreement provides that (a) terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correcting any mistake, including conforming the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus related to our IPO, or defective provision contained in the warrant agreement, (ii) removing or reducing the Company’s ability to redeem the public warrants and, if applicable, a corresponding amendment to the Company’s ability to redeem the private placement warrants, (iii) removing any cap on the number of shares that are issuable upon a cashless exercise of a warrant or (iv) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders under the warrant agreement in any material respect, (b) the terms of the warrants may be amended by the parties to the warrant agreement with the vote or written consent of the registered holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants and private placement warrants, voting together as a single class, to allow for the warrants to be classified as equity in the Company’s financial statements, and (c) all other modifications or amendments, including any modification or amendment to increase the warrant price or shorten the exercise period and any amendment to the terms of only the private placement warrants, shall require the vote or written consent of the registered holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, at least 50% of the then outstanding private placement warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the warrant price or extend the duration of the exercise period without the consent of the registered holders.
15
The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Class A shares. After the issuance of Class A shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.
No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the SAILSM securities and only whole warrants will trade.
We have agreed that, subject to applicable law, any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Securities—Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company” in the prospectus related to our IPO. This provision applies to claims under the Securities Act but does not apply to claims under the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum.
Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent
The transfer agent for our shares and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent, its agents and each of its shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.
Certain Differences in Corporate Law
Bermuda companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.
Mergers, Amalgamations, and Similar Arrangements. In certain circumstances, the Companies Act allows for mergers or amalgamations between two Bermuda companies, or between a Bermuda exempted company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).
Where the merger or amalgamation is between two Bermuda companies, the directors of each company must approve a written merger or amalgamation agreement containing certain prescribed information. That merger or amalgamation agreement must then be authorized by either (a) a resolution (usually a majority of 75% in value who attend and vote at a general meeting provided that a Bermuda company’s bye-laws may specify a lower threshold) of the shareholders of each company; or (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution or merger or amalgamation agreement is required for a merger or amalgamation between a parent company and its subsidiary company or two or more subsidiary companies, or a short form amalgamation or merger. The directors of each amalgamating or merging company must provide a statutory declaration regarding the insolvency and net assets of the applicable company and the surviving or amalgamated company. If the Bermuda Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the filing requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the merger or amalgamation.
Where the merger or amalgamation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the foreign company must obtain all necessary authorizations under the laws of its jurisdiction of existence to enable it to merge or amalgamate with the Bermuda company and provide the Bermuda Registrar of Companies documentary proof of the same.
16
Where the above procedures are adopted (other than in the case of a short form merger or amalgamation), the Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting registered shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his or her shares if such dissenting shareholder does not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and, within one month of the giving of the notice convening the shareholders meeting in respect of the amalgamation or merger, apply to the Bermuda courts to appraise the fair value of their shares. At the hearing of that application, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares. If the amalgamation or merger has been completed prior to the court determining the fair value of a dissenting shareholders shares, then, if the fair value per share appraised by the court is greater than the consideration paid to the dissenting shareholder under the amalgamation or merger, the surviving or amalgamated company will be required to pay the dissenting shareholder the difference between the appraised value and the consideration paid within one month of the Court’s appraisal. If the amalgamation or merger has not been completed prior to the court’s appraisal, then the applicable company has one month from such appraisal to terminate the amalgamation or merger or to pay the fair value as appraised by the court.
Moreover, Bermuda law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction, merger or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, such schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in Bermuda as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. A scheme of arrangement (the procedures of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States) must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Supreme Court of Bermuda. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it is satisfied that:
● | we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and we have complied with the statutory provisions as to majority vote; |
● | the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question; |
● | the arrangement is such as a business-person would reasonably approve; and |
● | the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.” |
If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.
Squeeze-out Provisions. When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer relates, the offeror may, on one month’s notice, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer, and must, within one month of acquiring 90% of the shares, provide notice to the remaining 10% shareholders of such 90% acquisition and the remaining 10% shareholders may, within three months, require the offeror to acquire their shares on the same term as the offer. An objection can be made to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.
Additionally, holders of 95% or more of the shares of a company may compulsorily acquire the remainder. The principal difference between a 95% squeeze-out and 90% squeeze-out is that a dissentient under a 95% squeeze-out can only apply to court to appraise the value of its shares. It cannot seek to vitiate the compulsory acquisition.
Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.
17
Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the U.S. and may afford less protection to holders of our securities. We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws typically applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda company are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Bermuda companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company and may only do so in limited circumstances.
Class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which derivative actions may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more proscribed and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s amended and restated memorandum of association or amended and restated bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.
When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company. Additionally, under our amended and restated bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or dishonesty. In addition, the rights of holders of our Securities and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States, particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States.
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities under U.S. Federal Securities Laws. We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. In addition, some of our directors and officers may reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and our assets are or may be located in jurisdictions outside of the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. based directors and officers or to recover against us or such directors and officers or obtain judgments from U.S. courts against us or them, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability of the U.S. federal securities laws.
We have been advised by Appleby (Bermuda) Limited, our Bermuda counsel, that there is no treaty in force between the United States and Bermuda providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As a result, whether a United States judgment would be enforceable in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the judgment is recognized by the Bermuda courts as having jurisdiction over us or our directors and officers, as determined by reference to Bermuda conflict of law rules. A judgment debt from a U.S. court that is final and for a sum certain based on U.S. federal securities laws will not be enforceable in Bermuda unless the judgment debtor had submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. court, and the issue of submission and jurisdiction is a matter of Bermuda (not U.S.) law.
In addition, and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, the Bermuda courts will not enforce a U.S. federal securities law that is either penal or contrary to Bermuda public policy. It is the advice of Appleby (Bermuda) Limited that an action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in its sovereign capacity, will not be entertained by a Bermuda court. Certain remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including certain remedies under U.S. federal securities laws, would not be available under Bermuda law or enforceable in a Bermuda court, as they would be contrary to Bermuda public policy. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
18
Special Considerations for Exempted Companies. We are an exempted company limited by shares (meaning our public shareholders have no liability, as members of the company, for liabilities of the company over and above the amount paid for their shares) under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in Bermuda but conducts business mainly outside of Bermuda may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:
● | annual government reporting requirements are minimal and consist mainly of a statement that the company has conducted its operations mainly outside of Bermuda, a description of the company’s principal business, the amount of the company’s “assessable capital” (as defined in the Companies Act), certain economic substance declarations and that the Company has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act; |
● | an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of certain future taxation (until March 31, 2035); |
● | an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in Bermuda; and |
● | an exempted company may register as a segregated accounts company in accordance with the Segregated Accounts Companies Act 2000 of Bermuda, as amended. |
Personal Information Protection—Bermuda
While currently not operative, we will have certain duties under the Bermuda Personal Information Protection Act 2016, or PIPA, which are expected to come into force during 2022. PIPA is based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy. Terms used in the following privacy notice have the meaning given to them in PIPA, unless otherwise defined.
Privacy Notice
Introduction
This privacy notice contains the information which we are required under PIPA to provide to you concerning our practices and policies with respect to our use of your personal information in Bermuda and puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the Company you will provide us with certain personal information within the meaning of PIPA.
Personal Information
We will collect, use and secure personal information to the extent we have a lawful basis for doing so and is reasonably required only, and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected, during the normal course of our IPO.
Personal information includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.
We may also obtain personal information from other public sources.
Who this Affects
If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal information on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.
19
How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Information
We will only use your personal information for the purpose of, and to the extent legitimately required for, completing our IPO and in connection with your status as a member of the Company for so long as you remain a member, which includes, without limitation, determining the purchaser’s eligibility to purchase the securities pursuant to our IPO under applicable securities legislation or other laws; where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with the AML/ATF Regime and FATCA/CRS requirements); applying for the BMA’s approval for the issuance of any securities to the purchaser, as applicable; inclusion in the Company’s register of members and register of beneficial owners; preparing and registering certificates representing any securities to be issued to the purchaser; and completing filings required by any stock exchange or regulatory authority (including, without limitation, the BMA, the SEC, and NYSE).
We will only share personal information in accordance with the requirements of PIPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal information and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal information. Your personal information may be disclosed by the Company to: (a) stock exchanges or regulatory authorities (including, without limitation, the BMA); (b) the Company’s registrar and transfer agent, if any; (c) any person with the right to request access to the Company’s registers pursuant to the Companies Act; and (d) any of the other parties involved in the offering of the securities hereunder, including, without limitation, legal counsel, and may be included in record books in connection with the offering of the securities hereunder.
We will only use your personal information for the purposes for which we collected it, unless we reasonably consider that we need to use it for another reason and that reason is compatible with the original purpose. Please note that we may use your personal information without your knowledge or consent, in compliance with the above rules, where this is required or permitted by law.
Should we wish to use personal information for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.
Why We May Transfer Your Personal Information
In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal information and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the BMA or the Bermuda Registrar of Companies. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.
We anticipate disclosing personal information to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the U.S., Bermuda or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal information on our behalf.
The Data Protection Measures We Take
We have put in place appropriate security safeguards to prevent your personal information from being accidentally lost, from being used, accessed, destroyed, modified or disclosed in an unauthorized way or from other misuse. In addition, we limit access to your personal information to those employees, agents, contractors and other third parties who have a business need to access it.
We have also put in place procedures to deal with any suspected security breach and will notify you and any applicable regulator of a breach where we are legally required to do so.
Information Retention
We will only use your personal information for as long as necessary to fulfil the purpose(s) for which we collected it for, including for the purposes of satisfying any legal, regulatory, accounting, or reporting requirements.
20
Your Personal Information Rights
Under certain circumstances and subject to certain exceptions, you have the right to:
● | Request access to the personal information which we hold about you; |
● | Request correction of any inaccurate or incomplete personal information that we hold about you; |
● | Request that we cease or not begin the use of your personal information for the purposes of advertising, marketing or public relations, or where the use is causing or likely to cause substantial damage or distress; and |
● | Request erasure of your personal information where that personal information is no longer relevant for the purpose of its use. |
If you wish to make use of any of your personal information rights please contact the Privacy Officer.
Privacy Officer
We have appointed James Ayers as our Privacy Officer, to oversee compliance with this Privacy Notice. If you have any questions about this Privacy Notice or how we handle your personal information, you can contact the Privacy Officer by the following methods:
By telephone: +1(441) 533-2011
By email: james.ayers@front.bm
By post: Par-la-Ville Place, 4th Floor, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, HM08, Bermuda
Our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws
Our amended and restated bye-laws contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to our IPO that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions (other than amendments relating to provisions governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our shares attending and voting in a general meeting) cannot be amended without the approval of our board of directors and a majority of at least 50% of our shares attending and voting in a general meeting or acting by written resolution.
Our initial shareholders may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated bye-laws and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated bye-laws provide, among other things, that:
● | if we have not completed our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of our IPO, we will: (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate, wind up and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Bermuda law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law; |
21
● | prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (1) receive funds from the trust account or (2) vote as a class with our public shares on any initial business combination; |
● | although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view; |
● | if a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act; |
● | as long as our securities are listed on the NYSE, our initial business combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in trust (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust); |
● | if our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated bye-laws (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of our IPO or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares; and |
● | we will not effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations. |
In addition, our amended and restated bye-laws provide that under no circumstances will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or cause us to be unable to satisfy our liabilities as they become due, in each case, following such redemptions.
The Companies Act permits a company incorporated in Bermuda to amend its bye-laws with (subject to higher thresholds contained in the bye-laws) the approval of the holders of at least a majority of such company’s issued and outstanding shares attending and voting at a general meeting. A company’s bye-laws may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Bermuda exempted company may amend its bye-laws regardless of whether its bye-laws provide otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated bye-laws, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our directors or officers, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.
22
Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions—Bermuda
Sanctions
Under the Bermuda financial sanctions regime we are prohibited from carrying out certain activities, including making any funds or other assets, economic resources, or financial or other related services, available, directly or indirectly, wholly or jointly, for the benefit of designated persons or entities; or behaving in a certain way if financial sanctions apply.
We have adopted a sanctions compliance program to ensure compliance with the International Sanctions Act 2003, as amended and the International Sanctions Regulations 2013, as amended. We are required under our sanctions obligations to supply the Financial Sanctions Implementation Unit (FSIU) of Bermuda as soon as possible with any information that would “facilitate compliance” with sanctions. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.
We reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering, financial sanctions or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws
Our authorized but unissued shares and undesignated shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved shares and undesignated shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, amalgamation or otherwise.
Listing of Securities
Our SAILSM securities, Class A shares and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbols “STET.U,” “STET” and “STETWS,” respectively.
23
Exhibit 10.7
THIS CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (THIS “NOTE”) AND THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH IT MAY BE CONVERTED HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE. THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH IT MAY BE CONVERTED MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY IN FORM, SCOPE AND SUBSTANCE TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
ST
ENERGY TRANSITION I LTD.
CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
Principal Amount: Up to $1,300,000 | Dated as of February 16, 2022 |
(See Schedule A)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, ST Energy Transition I Ltd., an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (“Maker”), promises to pay to Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd., an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (“Payee”), or order, the principal balance as set forth on Schedule A hereto in lawful money of the United States of America, which schedule shall be updated from time to time by the parties hereto to reflect all advances and readvances outstanding under this Note; provided that at no time shall the aggregate of all advances and readvances outstanding under this note exceed One Million Three Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S.$1,300,000). Any advance hereunder shall be made by the Payee upon a request of Maker and shall be set forth on Schedule A. All payments on this Note shall be made by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds or as otherwise determined by Maker to such account as Payee may from time to time designate by written notice in accordance with the provisions of this Note.
1. Principal. All unpaid principal under this Note shall be due and payable in full on the earlier of: (i) the date by which Maker has to complete a merger, amalgamation, share purchase, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”) pursuant to its Amended and Restated Bye-laws (as may be amended from time to time), and (ii) the effective date of a Business Combination (such earlier date of (i) and (ii), the “Maturity Date”), unless accelerated upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below). Any outstanding principal under this Note may be prepaid at any time by Maker, at its election and without penalty; provided, however, that Payee shall have a right to first convert such principal balance pursuant to Section 5 below upon notice of such prepayment. Under no circumstances shall any individual, including but not limited to any officer, director, employee or shareholder of Maker, be obligated personally for any obligations or liabilities of Maker hereunder.
2. Drawdown Requests. Maker and Payee agree that Maker may request, from time to time, up to One Million Three Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S.$1,300,000) in draw-downs under this Note to be used for working capital purposes. The principal of this Note may be drawn down from time to time prior to the Maturity Date upon request from Maker to Payee (each, a “Drawdown Request”). Each Drawdown Request must state the amount to be drawn down, and must not be an amount less than Ten Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S. $10,000) unless agreed upon by Maker and Payee. Payee shall fund each Drawdown Request no later than three (3) business days after receipt of a Drawdown Request; provided, however, that the maximum amount of drawdowns outstanding under this Note at any time may not exceed One Million Three Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S.$1,300,000). No fees, payments or other amounts shall be due to Payee in connection with, or as a result of, any Drawdown Request by Maker.
1
3. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.
4. Application of Payments. All payments shall be applied first to payment in full of any costs incurred in the collection of any sum due under this Note, including (without limitation) reasonable attorney’s fees, then to the payment in full of any late charges and finally to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of this Note.
5. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”):
(a) Failure to Make Required Payments. Failure by Maker to pay the principal amount due pursuant to this Note on the Maturity Date.
(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy, Etc. The commencement by Maker of a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, rehabilitation or other similar law, or the consent by it to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure of Maker generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of corporate action by Maker in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
(c) Involuntary Bankruptcy, Etc. The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of Maker in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.
6. Conversion
(a) Optional Conversion. At the option of Payee, at any time on or prior to the Maturity Date, any amounts outstanding under this Note (or any portion thereof), up to One Million Three Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S.$1,300,000) in the aggregate, may be converted into whole warrants to purchase Class A shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Shares”), of Maker at a conversion price (the “Conversion Price”) per warrant (“Warrants”) equal to U.S.$1.00 per Warrant. If Payee elects such conversion, the terms of such Warrants issued in connection with such conversion shall be identical to the warrants issued to Payee in the private placement (the “Private Placement Warrants”) pursuant to that certain Sponsor Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated December 2, 2021, between Maker and Payee, including that each Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to the same adjustments applicable to the Private Placement Warrants. Before this Note may be converted under this Section 6(a), Payee shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, at the office of Maker and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal of this Note to be converted and the name or names in which the certificates for Warrants are to be issued (or the book-entries to be made to reflect ownership of such Warrants with Maker’s transfer agent); provided that such amount is no greater than One Million Three Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S.$1,300,000). The conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the surrender of this Note and the person or persons entitled to receive the Warrants upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Warrants as of such date. Each such newly issued Warrant shall include a restricted legend that contemplates the same restrictions as the Private Placement Warrants. The Warrants and Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall constitute “Registrable Securities” pursuant to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 2 2021, among Maker, Payee and the other parties thereto.
2
(b) Remaining Principal. All accrued and unpaid principal of this Note that is not then converted into Warrants, shall continue to remain outstanding and to be subject to the conditions of this Note.
(c) Fractional Warrants; Effect of Conversion. No fractional Warrants shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of any fractional Warrants to Payee upon conversion of this Note, Maker shall pay to Payee an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Price by the fraction of a Warrant not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. Upon conversion of this Note in full and the payment of any amounts specified in this Section 6(c), this Note shall be cancelled and void without further action of Maker or Payee, and Maker shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note.
7. Remedies.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a) hereof, Payee may, by written notice to Maker, declare this Note to be due immediately and payable, whereupon the unpaid principal amount of this Note, and all other amounts payable thereunder, shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the documents evidencing the same to the contrary notwithstanding.
(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 5(b) or 5(c), the unpaid principal balance of this Note, and all other sums payable with regard to this Note, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, in all cases without any action on the part of Payee.
8. Waivers. Maker and all endorsers and guarantors of, and sureties for, this Note waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and notice of protest with regard to the Note, all errors, defects and imperfections in any proceedings instituted by Payee under the terms of this Note, and all benefits that might accrue to Maker by virtue of any present or future laws exempting any property, real or personal, or any part of the proceeds arising from any sale of any such property, from attachment, levy or sale under execution, or providing for any stay of execution, exemption from civil process, or extension of time for payment; and Maker agrees that any real estate that may be levied upon pursuant to a judgment obtained by virtue hereof, on any writ of execution issued hereon, may be sold upon any such writ in whole or in part in any order desired by Payee.
9. Unconditional Liability. Maker hereby waives all notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of the payment of this Note, and agrees that its liability shall be unconditional, without regard to the liability of any other party, and shall not be affected in any manner by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver or modification granted or consented to by Payee, and consents to any and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Payee with respect to the payment or other provisions of this Note, and agrees that additional makers, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties may become parties hereto without notice to Maker or affecting Maker’s liability hereunder.
10. Notices. All notices, statements or other documents which are required or contemplated by this Note shall be: (i) in writing and delivered personally or sent by first-class registered or certified mail, overnight courier service or facsimile or electronic transmission to the address designated in writing, (ii) by facsimile to the number most recently provided to such party or such other address or fax number as may be designated in writing by such party or (iii) by electronic mail, to the electronic mail address most recently provided to such party or such other electronic mail address as may be designated in writing by such party. Any notice or other communication so transmitted shall be deemed to have been given on the day of delivery, if delivered personally, on the business day following receipt of written confirmation, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, one (1) business day after delivery to an overnight courier service or five (5) days after mailing if sent by mail.
3
11. Construction. THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. Each party hereto submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (the “Specified Courts”) over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this letter agreement (the “Related Proceeding”). Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such Related Proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the extent that each party has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise) from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such immunity in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably appoints Puglisi & Associates, with offices at 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711, United States of America, as its agent for service of process in any Related Proceeding and agrees that service of process in any such Related Proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such agent. Each party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Each party represents and warrants that such agent has agreed to act as each party’s agent for service of process, and each party agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect.
12. Severability. Any provision contained in this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
13. Trust Waiver. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Payee hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in or to any distribution of or from the trust account established in which proceeds of Maker’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) (including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) and proceeds of the sale of Private Placement Warrants were or will be deposited, as described in greater detail in the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the IPO filed by Maker with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the trust account for any reason whatsoever.
14. Amendment; Waiver. Any amendment hereto or waiver of any provision hereof may be made with, and only with, the written consent of Maker and Payee.
15. Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer in Sections 16 and 17 below, the rights and obligations of Maker and Payee hereunder shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of any party hereto (by operation of law or otherwise) with the prior written consent of the other party hereto and any attempted assignment without the required consent shall be void.
4
16. Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion. With respect to any sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which this Note may be converted, Payee shall give written notice to Maker prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with (i) except for a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), in which case the requirements in this clause (i) shall not apply, a written opinion (unless waived by Maker) reasonably satisfactory to Maker in form and substance from counsel reasonably satisfactory to Maker to the effect that such sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification under any federal or state law then in effect and (ii) a written undertaking executed by the desired transferee reasonably satisfactory to Maker in form and substance agreeing to be bound by the restrictions on transfer contained herein. Upon receiving such written notice, reasonably satisfactory opinion (unless waived by Maker), or other evidence, and such written acknowledgement, Maker, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Payee that Payee may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the note delivered to Maker. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 16 that the opinion of counsel for Payee, or other evidence, or the written acknowledgment from the desired transferee, is not reasonably satisfactory to Maker, Maker shall so notify Payee promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for Maker such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. Maker may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration on the books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of Maker. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, Maker shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and Maker shall not be affected by notice to the contrary. For purposes hereof “Permitted Transfer” shall have the same meaning as any transfer that would be permitted for the Private Placement Warrants under the Letter Agreement, dated December 2, 2021, among Maker, Payee and the other parties thereto.
17. Acknowledgment. Payee is acquiring this Note for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of applicable securities laws. Payee understands that the acquisition of this Note involves substantial risk. Payee has experience as an investor in securities of companies and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment in this Note, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in this Note and protecting its own interests in connection with this investment.
[Signature page follows]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker, intending to be legally bound hereby, has caused this Note to be duly executed by the undersigned as of the day and year first above written.
ST Energy Transition I Ltd. | ||
By: | /s/ Gunnar W Eliassen | |
Name: Gunnar Eliassen | ||
Title: CEO |
Acknowledged and agreed as of the day and year first above written.
Sloane Square Capital Holdings Ltd.
By: | /s/ James Ayers | ||
Name: | James Ayers | ||
Title: | Director |
[Signature Page to Promissory Note]
6
SCHEDULE A
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Note to which this schedule is attached to, the principal balance due under the Note shall be set forth in the table below and shall be updated from time to time to reflect all advances and readvances outstanding under the Note.
Date | Drawing | Interest Earned | Principal Balance |
7
Exhibit 14.01
CODE
OF ETHICS AND BUSINESS CONDUCT
OF
ST ENERGY TRANSITION I LTD.
1. | Introduction |
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of ST Energy Transition I Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares (the “Company”), has adopted this code of ethics (this “Code”), as amended from time to time by the Board and which is applicable to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees (to the extent that employees are hired in the future) to:
● | promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; |
● | promote the full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as well as in other public communications made by or on behalf of the Company; |
● | promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; |
● | deter wrongdoing; and |
● | require prompt internal reporting of breaches of, and accountability for adherence to, this Code. |
This Code may be amended and modified by the Board. In this Code, references to the “Company” mean ST Energy Transition I Ltd., and, in appropriate contexts, the Company’s subsidiaries, if any.
2. | Honest, Ethical and Fair Conduct |
Each person owes a duty to the Company to act with integrity. Integrity requires, among other things, being honest, fair and candid. Deceit, dishonesty and subordination of principle are inconsistent with integrity. Service to the Company should never be subordinated to personal gain and advantage.
Each person must:
● | act with integrity, including being honest and candid while still maintaining the confidentiality of the Company’s information where required or when in the Company’s interests; |
● | observe all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; |
● | comply with the requirements of applicable accounting and auditing standards, as well as Company policies, in order to maintain a high standard of accuracy and completeness in the Company’s financial records and other business-related information and data; |
● | adhere to a high standard of business ethics and not seek competitive advantage through unlawful or unethical business practices; |
● | deal fairly with any customers, suppliers, competitors, employees and independent contractors of the Company; |
● | refrain from taking advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice; |
● | protect the assets of the Company and ensure their proper use; |
● | until the earliest of (i) the Company’s initial business combination (as such term is defined in the Company’s initial registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC), (ii) the Company’s liquidation, and (iii) such time that such person ceases to be an officer or director of the Company, in each case, to first present to the Company for the Company’s consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any business opportunity, but only if such opportunity is suitable for the Company, subject to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in effect (as amended from time to time) at such time and subject to any other fiduciary, contractual or other obligations such officer or director may have to other entities; and |
● | avoid conflicts of interest, wherever possible, except as may be allowed under guidelines or resolutions approved by the Board (or the appropriate committee of the Board) or as disclosed in the Company’s public filings with the SEC. Anything that would be a conflict for a person subject to this Code also will be a conflict for a member of his or her immediate family or any other close relative. Examples of conflict of interest situations include, but are not limited to, the following, all of which must be disclosed to the Company: |
● | any significant ownership interest in any target, supplier or customer of the Company; |
● | any consulting or employment relationship with any target, supplier or customer of the Company; |
● | the receipt of any money, non-nominal gifts or excessive entertainment from any entity with which the Company has current or prospective business dealings; |
● | selling anything to the Company or buying anything from the Company, except on the same terms and conditions as comparable officers or directors are permitted to so purchase or sell (and, in the absence of any such comparable officer or director, on the same terms and conditions as a third party would buy or sell a comparable item in an arm’s-length transaction); |
● | any other financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the Company; and |
● | any other circumstance, event, relationship or situation in which the personal interest of a person subject to this Code interferes — or even appears to interfere — with the interests of the Company as a whole. |
2
3. | Disclosure |
The Company strives to ensure that the contents of and the disclosures in the reports and documents that the Company files with the SEC and other public communications shall be full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable in accordance with applicable disclosure standards, including standards of materiality, where appropriate. Each person must:
● | not knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about the Company to others, whether within or outside the Company, including to the Company’s independent registered public accountants, governmental regulators, self-regulating organizations and other governmental officials, as appropriate; and |
● | in relation to his or her area of responsibility, properly review and critically analyze proposed disclosure for accuracy and completeness. |
In addition to the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (or persons performing similar functions), and each other person that typically is involved in the financial reporting of the Company must familiarize himself or herself with the disclosure requirements applicable to the Company as well as the business and financial operations of the Company.
Each person must promptly bring to the attention of the Chairman of the Board any information he or she may have concerning (a) significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal and/or disclosure controls that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or (b) any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls.
4. | Compliance |
It is the Company’s obligation and policy to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. All directors, officers and employees of the Company are expected to understand, respect and comply with all of the laws, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to them in their positions with the Company. Employees are responsible for talking to their supervisors to determine which laws, regulations and Company policies apply to their position and what training is necessary to understand and comply with them.
Directors, officers and employees are directed to specific policies and procedures available to persons they supervise.
5. | Reporting and Accountability |
The Board is responsible for applying this Code to specific situations in which questions are presented to it and has the authority to interpret this Code in any particular situation. Any person who becomes aware of any existing or potential breach of this Code is required to notify the Chairman of the Board promptly. Failure to do so is, in and of itself, a breach of this Code.
3
Specifically, each person must:
● | notify the Chairman of the Board promptly of any existing or potential violation of this Code; and |
● | not retaliate against any other person for reports of potential violations that are made in good faith. |
The Company will follow the following procedures in investigating and enforcing this Code and in reporting on this Code:
● | the Board will take all appropriate action to investigate any potential or actual breaches reported to it; and |
● | upon determination by the Board that a breach has occurred, the Board (by majority decision) will take or authorize such disciplinary or preventive action as it deems appropriate, after consultation with the Company’s internal or external legal counsel, up to and including dismissal or, in the event of criminal or other serious violations of law, notification of the SEC or other appropriate law enforcement authorities. |
No person following the above procedure shall, as a result of following such procedure, be subject by the Company or any officer or employee thereof to discharge, demotion suspension, threat, harassment or, in any manner, discrimination against such person in terms and conditions of employment.
6. | Waivers and Amendments |
Any waiver (defined below) or implicit waiver (defined below) from a provision of this Code for the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions or any amendment (as defined below) to this Code is required to be disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8- K filed with the SEC. In lieu of filing a Current Report on Form 8-K to report any such waivers or amendments, the Company may provide such information on its website, in the event that one exists, and if it keeps such information on such website for at least 12 months and discloses the website address as well as any intention to provide such disclosures in this manner in its most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A “waiver” means the approval by the Board of a material departure from a provision of this Code. An “implicit waiver” means the Company’s failure to take action within a reasonable period of time regarding a material departure from a provision of this Code that has been made known to an executive officer of the Company. An “amendment” means any amendment to this Code other than minor technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments hereto.
All persons should note that it is not the Company’s intention to grant or to permit waivers from the requirements of this Code. The Company expects full compliance with this Code.
4
7. | Insider Information and Securities Trading |
The Company’s directors, officers or employees who have access to material, non-public information are not permitted to use that information for securities trading purposes or for any purpose unrelated to the Company’s business. It is also against the law to trade or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision based on material, non-public information. For example, using material, non-public information to buy or sell the Company securities, options in the Company securities or the securities of any Company supplier, customer, competitor, potential business partner or potential target is prohibited. The consequences of insider trading violations can be severe. These rules also apply to the use of material, nonpublic information about other companies (including, for example, the Company’s customers, competitors, potential business partners and potential targets). In addition to directors, officers or employees, these rules apply to such person’s spouse, children, parents and siblings, as well as any other family members living in such person’s home. The Company’s directors, officers and employees should familiarize themselves with the Company’s policy on insider trading.
8. | Financial Statements and Other Records |
All of the Company’s books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and must both conform to applicable legal requirements and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets should not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.
Records should always be retained or destroyed according to the Company’s record retention policies. In accordance with those policies, in the event of litigation or governmental investigation, please consult the Board or the Company’s internal or external legal counsel.
9. | Improper Influence on Conduct of Audits |
No director or officer, or any other person acting under the direction thereof, shall directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence any public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance of an audit or review of the financial statements of the Company or take any action that such person knows or should know that if successful could result in rendering the Company’s financial statements materially misleading. Any person who believes such improper influence is being exerted should report such action to such person’s supervisor, or if that is impractical under the circumstances, to any of the Company’s directors.
Types of conduct that could constitute improper influence include, but are not limited to, directly or indirectly:
● | offering or paying bribes or other financial incentives, including future employment or contracts for non-audit services; |
● | providing an auditor with an inaccurate or misleading legal analysis; |
● | threatening to cancel or canceling existing non-audit or audit engagements if the auditor objects to the Company’s accounting; |
5
● | seeking to have a partner removed from the audit engagement because the partner objects to the Company’s accounting; |
● | blackmailing; and |
● | making physical threats. |
10. | Anti-Corruption Laws |
The Company complies with the anti-corruption laws of the countries in which it does business, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”). Directors, officers, employees and agents, such as third party sales representatives, shall not take or cause to be taken any action that would reasonably result in the Company not complying with such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. If you are authorized to engage agents on the Company’s behalf, you are responsible for ensuring they are reputable and for obtaining a written agreement for them to uphold the Company’s standards in this area.
11. | Violations |
Violation of this Code is grounds for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Such action is in addition to any civil or criminal liability which might be imposed by any court or regulatory agency.
12. | Other Policies and Procedures |
Any other policy or procedure set out by the Company in writing or made generally known to employees, officers or directors of the Company prior to the date hereof or hereafter are separate requirements and remain in full force and effect.
13. | Inquiries |
All inquiries and questions in relation to this Code or its applicability to particular people or situations should be addressed to the Company’s Secretary, or such other compliance officers as shall be designated from time to time by the Company.
6
PROVISIONS
FOR
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS
The CEO and all senior financial officers, including the CFO and principal accounting officer, are bound by the provisions set forth herein relating to ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, and compliance with law. In addition to this Code, the CEO and senior financial officers are subject to the following additional specific policies:
A. Act with honesty and integrity, avoiding actual or apparent conflicts between personal, private interests and the interests of the Company, including receiving improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.
B. Disclose to the CEO and the Board any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
C. Perform responsibilities with a view to causing periodic reports and documents filed with or submitted to the SEC and all other public communications made by the Company to contain information that is accurate, complete, fair, objective, relevant, timely and understandable, including full review of all annual and quarterly reports.
D. Comply with laws, rules and regulations of federal, state and local governments applicable to the Company and with the rules and regulations of private and public regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Company.
E. Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting or omitting material facts or allowing independent judgment to be compromised or subordinated.
F. Respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of performance of his or her responsibilities except when authorized or otherwise legally obligated to disclose any such information; not use confidential information acquired in the course of performing his or her responsibilities for personal advantage.
G. Share knowledge and maintain skills important and relevant to the needs of the Company, its shareholders and other constituencies and the general public.
H. Proactively promote ethical behavior among subordinates and peers in his or her work environment and community.
I. Use and control all corporate assets and resources employed by or entrusted to him or her in a responsible manner.
J. Not use corporate information, corporate assets, corporate opportunities or his or her position with the Company for personal gain; not compete directly or indirectly with the Company.
7
K. Comply in all respects with this Code.
L. Advance the Company’s legitimate interests when the opportunity arises.
The Board will investigate any reported violations and will oversee an appropriate response, including corrective action and preventative measures. Any officer who violates this Code will face appropriate, case specific disciplinary action, which may include demotion or discharge.
Any request for a waiver of any provision of this Code must be in writing and addressed to the Chairman of the Board. Any waiver of this Code will be disclosed as provided in Section 6 of this Code.
It is the policy of the Company that each officer covered by this Code shall acknowledge and certify to the foregoing annually and file a copy of such certification with the Chairman of the Board.
8
OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
I have read and understand the foregoing Code. I hereby certify that I am in compliance with the foregoing Code and I will comply with the Code in the future. I understand that any violation of the Code will subject me to appropriate disciplinary action, which may include demotion or discharge.
Dated: | ||
Signature: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
9
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Gunnar Eliassen, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ST Energy Transition I Ltd.; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
(b) | [Omitted]; |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
(c) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 30, 2022
/s/ Gunnar Eliassen | |
Gunnar Eliassen | |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Jan Erik Klepsland, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ST Energy Transition I Ltd.; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
(b) | [Omitted]; |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
(c) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 30, 2022
/s/ Jan Erik Klepsland | |
Jan Erik Klepsland | |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, in the capacity and on the date indicated below, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
1. The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 30, 2022
/s/ Gunnar Eliassen | |
Gunnar Eliassen | |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of ST Energy Transition I Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, in the capacity and on the date indicated below, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
1. The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 30, 2022
/s/ Jan Erik Klepsland | |
Jan Erik Klepsland | |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |